Manipulation: If you can’t beat them…

Click here to view the original post.

Manipulation: If you can’t beat them!

Allen Getz ” Behind The Headlines ” Audio player below!

For the fifth broadcast of Behind the Lines, we will see how society is becoming primed and ready to accept its own destruction. We will begin the episode with a review that centers upon the use of manipulation for the benefit of business and politicians. After this review, we will launch into an investigation into the political origins of those using these tools to establish and impose a new political and social order.

Continue reading Manipulation: If you can’t beat them… at Prepper Broadcasting Network.

Truth or Spin!

Click here to view the original post.

Truth or Spin!

Truth or Spin!
Allen Getz ” Behind The Headlines” Audio player below!

For the fourth broadcast of Behind the Lines, the use of public relations (a. k. a. propaganda) for the purpose of manipulating the masses for business gain receives attention. After a short review of the subject matter of the previous episodes, we will submerge ourselves in how companies perfected the mechanisms of involuntary coercion now used so deftly in the political arena.

Continue reading Truth or Spin! at Prepper Broadcasting Network.

Teach Us How to Fish – Educating on The Prepper Lifestyle

Click here to view the original post.

Written by Guest Contributor on The Prepper Journal.

Editors Note: Another guest contribution from valknut79 to The Prepper Journal. The views expressed herein are those of the writer, unedited except for the added pictures to drive home points. As always, if you have information for Preppers that you would like to share and be entered into the Prepper Writing Contest with a chance to win one of three Amazon Gift Cards  with the top prize being a $300 card to purchase your own prepping supplies, then enter today!

I was lucky enough to win the last round of the Prepper Writing Contest supported by this site. I have been contributing articles to the site for about a year now, having been involved in the prepper lifestyle for about six years. I have contributed close to 20 articles since the I began, receiving both high praise and harsh criticism for my views on preparedness (something that will, I’m sure, happen to anyone who contributes to such a vocal and opinionated field such as this). Winning the last contest was a great boon to me, and while I certainly appreciate the prize money, the rewards of being voted on, and knowing that it was my opinions and research that inspired people to choose my work, was the real prize here.

My job for a living is teaching, and as summer is around the corner, it is a time of reflection over the school year that is now passing us by. One reflection in particular that has struck me is the need for building of community. With rampant violence in schools across the nation, a mental health crisis among teens, a consistent drop-out rate, and an adult population that has a political party-line schism like never before in my lifetime, signs are everywhere that our country cannot survive into the future with things as they are.

In the last few years, we’ve seen the rise of the liberal prepper, a great increase in the popularity of our lifestyle thanks in part to the Doomsday Prepper show, and more mainstream visibility, if not acceptance.

What are preppers like you doing to welcome new people into the hobby? What are you doing to teach others how to live?

Many will say that in asking these questions, I’m forgetting a very basic principle of preparedness. A lot of preppers believe that being in prepping is a lot like being in Fight Club. Preppers don’t tell others, even fellow preppers, about what they’ve been doing around the house to increase the size of their food and water storage. We try to disguise our property and lean-to shelters to prevent their discovery. I’ve seen people who believe that it is best to even garden in such a way as to disguise the fact that their collection of plants is meant to be a sustainable food source. Preppers are so secretive about prepping that isolation and secrecy are core tenets of what they do.

Nothing I have to say is going to dispute that in many cases, this is the proper technique. Some level of secrecy is important in a lifestyle like this. If everyone at my school knew of my life as a prepper, when an emergency situation occurs, some 2,000 families might end up on my doorstep looking for handouts.

If, however, I were to teach one or two basic preparedness techniques to each of those 2,000 families, how many fewer would come knocking at my door? With 2,000 families a little more prepared, maybe even just to the FEMA recommended three days of food stored in cupboards, my community would be in much less dire straits. If a few can store enough to survive a flood, while others remember how to start fires, or others find an excuse to go emergency camping with a bug out bag, thoes people would be safe, and maybe not coming to find me to save them.

A common hobby in preparedness circles is to play a “what if” game of scenarios. What if the power grid collapses? We have no electricity, and those who cannot build a fire may be frozen to death during the depths of winter. What if the government collapses? Those without weapons will become targets for roving bandits. In the most common of the “what if” scenarios I’ve been asked about, we see someone coming to your front door, asking for help. Many people answer the question by simply turning the stranger away. Others have suggested inviting them in and showing bare pantries, hiding the actual cache of food somewhere else in the house. Others have suggested holding cans of rotten, poisoned or spoiled food, and giving those away as a deterrent to future attack. My suggestion is that the best answer to this question of what to do may be to preempt the situation entirely: remove the majority of the door knockers in the first place.

Imagine volunteering for a summer camp experience where you teach young teens how to build a fire using a ferro rod. It can be a one-shot deal, or you could become a camp counselor for the whole two-week session and potentially make a a little money. Many of those kids will think that what you did is really cool, and will forget what to do before they even make it to dinner, but one of those young people might start carrying their pocket knife on a daily basis, and replace their pukka shell necklace with a ferro rod and striker. You have instilled self-reliance in a young person, and created one less pop culture zombie of the future, turning a potential door-knocker into someone who has a modicum of skill and a love of a few of the gateways to prepper culture.

Libraries offer seminar series, and are always striving to find new volunteers willing to speak on almost any topic. Disaster preparedness, especially in the wake of a major earthquake, flood, or other newsworthy event, makes for a well-attended seminar. It’s a chance for you not only to get the word out about basic preparedness, but to make a friend in the audience, and again persuade some families to keep a few boxes of ramen noodles and water bottles in the pantry if nothing else.

Community involvement doesn’t need to stop there. Our community recently invested in a community composting pile near our community gardens. This small step towards ecology will hopefully teach future generations of gardeners about their ability to create natural, sustainable fertilizer sources for their garden, and maybe inspire some to start the same frugal and ecologically responsible practices at home. Sponsoring projects like this in your local community is certainly at the top of the difficulty ladder, but would perhaps make the greatest impact.

If nothing else, I think a good place to start is in writing an article in an area of specialization that you have, and submitting it to this website. I write a number of logistical planning pieces and “top ten” style lists for the site, and other contributors add their information about firearms, gardening, budgeting and bartering, or basic preparedness, but there is so much more that could be gleaned from the site if a number of other authors began contributing on different topics (even if it does make it harder on my winning the writing contest again).

Teaching and community involvement is not something that comes easily to a community that prides itself on secrecy, self-reliance, bluffing, and a certain level of treachery. It goes to show by the fact that, despite having one of the most common real names in America, and basically being unfindable on a google search of my full name, that I write my articles using a pen name. If I were to instead just put my name out there, I could sleep tight at night knowing that I’ll never be truly found, but old habits die hard. Getting active and involved in your community, teaching others about the frugal, independent and mindful lifestyle of preparedness is, in a lot of ways, the ultimate prep. It means that your neighbors will be willing to help you in a shortage, because they have, in their own way, prepared for at least a little of what is to come. It’s the final step that we need to survive as a country, as a community, and as a collective of individuals, and something that I hope you all consider.

Follow The Prepper Journal on Facebook!

The post Teach Us How to Fish – Educating on The Prepper Lifestyle appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

News, History, and Narrative Oh My!

Click here to view the original post.

News, History, and Narrative Oh My!
Allen Getz ” Behind The Headlines ” Audio player below!

For the second broadcast of Behind the Lines, we will examine the concept called history. After a short review of the subject matter of the previous episode (The Entity Known as News), we will tie the concept of news into this idea/discipline known as history. The premise regarding the term will center upon its definition, its focus, and how the interpretation thereof influences society.

Continue reading News, History, and Narrative Oh My! at Prepper Broadcasting Network.

What are the Odds of a U.S. Gun-Grab?

Click here to view the original post.

by Chad

Gun control is once again politically ascendant in the U.S. Due to the agitation, massive financial backing and coordinated astroturfing efforts of social elites using a few high-profile mass shootings as popular reaction mass, an outbreak of gun control legislation has sprang up at federal, state and local levels.

Sweeping and vaguely defined “assault weapon” bans are the order of the day, along with a smattering of usurious taxation language and unfair and laborious checks and waiting periods.

What are the odds of a gun-grab in the U.S.? Not very good, not right now, but certainly not impossible: In fact, a broad gun ban or even confiscation is more possible than it has been in decades. Gun-control supporters are organized, well-funded, and socially active at the state and federal level.

In 2018, states have passed new gun control legislation as have towns and cities, legislation that curtails the rights of law-abiding citizens. What else may be in store for 2nd Amendment proponents in 2018? Let’s find out.

The Anti-Gun Agenda

Whatever lip service anti-2nd Amendment forces may offer, you should not doubt for a moment that outright abolishment of the 2nd Amendment and confiscation of guns from citizens’ hands is their ultimate goal.

The Far Left is much better than the Right at working incrementally, slowly, over years to achieve their goals, and they are content with that. Our lack of activity and vigor will see our rights stripped by inches.

It will begin with the banning of magazines and semi-automatic firearms with certain arbitrary features or design elements that they have dubbed assault weapons. After that’s done, they’ll move piecemeal or simultaneously for registration, onerous waiting periods and additional taxes on guns and ammo.

Whenever you hear them mention “Common Sense regulation,” “Assault Weapons,” “Semi-fully automatic,” and “No one is trying to take your guns, just the guns that no one has any use for,” you know they are on the march.

Let’s pretend they get what they want, and whole swaths of guns and magazines are not just outlawed, but they somehow find a way to actually account for and confiscate them all. Heck, let’s wave a wizard’s wand and make them all vanish. Poof! Gone. Ok, so all the bad guns are gone. How long before some bloodthirsty or deranged individual uses “ok” guns to commit an atrocity? You cannot legislate evil out of the hearts of evil men and women.

Here they’ll come again, this time after all the remaining rifles, semi-auto shotguns, and handguns. Restrictions on quantity of ammo both when purchasing and keeping in your possession. 90 Day mandatory waits. Moratorium on private sales. Psychiatric review. And then the cycle will repeat. Before too many more cycles there will be nothing left. Appeasement will not suffice, and appeasement is a poor strategy for dealing with the tyrannical at any rate.

Lest you think I am scare-mongering, please take the time to look at current, live bills working through Congress right now. Have a look too at recently enacted or resurrected bans on magazines and guns at state and local levels. You will see the consistency of design and intended outcome among of all of them. Bottom Line: Anti-Gunners would see this enacted on the national level, no doubt about it.

Their ultimate reasons are subject to debate or interpretation, and though it makes no difference whatsoever on the outcome, we can examine some of their professed beliefs briefly. Some, the black rifle-haters and other bandwagoners, will say no one needs an AR-15 for hunting or self defense, and “I’m not against guns, but…”

They know little about guns or self-defense, and have either jumped on the gun-grabbin’ express because some guns look scary or because all their enlightened friends are doing it.

Others will decry the number of gun deaths in the U.S., and blame the easy availability of “military-grade” firepower as the cause.

Given sufficient time to gain steam, they will prattle with worrying hysteria about how American has so many deaths from guns, more deaths than whatever European nation, or Japan or wherever.

They may be motivated by a genuine sense of altruism and empathy, but if you start asking them about specific statistics, such as the number of gun deaths due to suicide, or gang-on-gang violence, and so forth, they will become positively unhinged at your impingement of their mental state. Turns out they don’t feel better if you show them that things aren’t as bad as some statistics make it seem.

Another major type you’ll encounter is akin to an “Old Church Lady,” a nag, a professional scold who takes satisfaction from hassling their fellow man. Gun-Haters belonging to this group are nothing more than a (typically rich) busy-body who knows better than you on how best to run your life and your community and cannot help but interject their blathering into any personal choice or system of values, no matter what it is, but especially if it is dangerous or encourages independence.

The last and most worrisome members of this muck-racking contingent are truly dangerous: those that are plainly power-hungry, ones that crave the subjugation of the lesser citizenry. These elites or aspiring elites are intelligent, educated, and ambitious to a fault. They want power, and lots of it, and history has taught them that armed peasants will always get a vote in the outcomes that concern them, and since that is so they work now to remove that most persistent of roadblocks in their way before there is any cause to put it to the test.

Examples of Gun Control Legislation Today

In addition to the major, landmark pieces of gun control legislation in the U.S., among them The National Firearms Act, Gun Control Act and Brady Law; there are hundreds, or thousands of existing laws already on the books that regulate the possession, acquisition, use and ownership of firearms.

To date, I have not seen a conclusive count of those laws. Never mind that, lately enforcement of these laws has been anywhere from lax to completely ignored. Adding another 10 or 100 to the rolls will not save one single life or prevent any tragedy, but this is not stopping the anti-2A front.

The ugliest federal threat against gun owners today is bill HR 5087, the Assault Weapons Ban of 2018. Some of you readers may recall the Clinton-era 1994 Assault Weapons Ban.

This bill is much like that one, but on steroids. Specific language in the bill would greatly restrict or outright ban semi-auto pistols, shotguns and “assault weapons,” “large capacity ammunition feeding devices,” detachable magazines and more. It will also introduce mandatory requirements for storage of guns and specify new transference requirements. This bill is alive today and currently working through committee in the House of Representatives.

The board of trustees in the town of Deerfield, Illinois unanimously approved a ban on certain “assault weapons” and magazines, giving owners of such guns till June 13th of this year to remove those guns from the village or face fines of up to $1,000 a day.

The town is currently facing lawsuit from state level gun rights organizations and the NRA. It is easy to write them off as a lost cause considering Illinois is something of an anti-gun stronghold, but similar measures are being proposed in towns and cities across America.

The state of Florida just squashed a possible assault weapons ban, but did raise the minimum age to purchase a long gun to 21 years of age, in excess of the federal statute. This goes to show that even historically staunch pro-gun states like Florida are far from immune to the political winds.

Vermont just passed legislation restricting “high-capacity” magazines and bump stocks (S.55-Commonsense Gun Safety Legislation- see the naming, there?), and requiring background checks for private sales as well as the raising of the minimum age to buy any gun to 21.

The bill, if signed by the governor, will take effect on October 1st. This has led to a massive rush on guns, magazines and accessories in that state. There is no evidence that restricting any rights of citizens will make anyone safer or halt the commission of a crime.

California, ever the beacon of potential for anti-2A agitators, pushed forward 10 new gun control bills back in February. The totality of those bills would expand the definition of assault rifles and issuance of gun violence restraining orders, prevent the creation of homemade or “80%” firearms, and lead to an additional 500,000 citizens in that state needing to register another 2,000,000 guns.

There are countless more measures, great and small, being floated all across the country at the state and local level, and who-knows what else that will be drafted in the halls of Congress. This is not a practice run for the other side- they are playing for keeps.

What Would Confiscation Look Like?

I’ll be speculating here, but using other developed, Western nations that have seen their citizens arms seized as our template, we can make an informed guess. After the requisite laws pass and confiscation is initiated, it will likely start with mandatory turn-ins, with or without compensation.

There will be designated locations, at county and state level, where gun owners can go to turn in their guns, have their pertinent info databased, and be issued a receipt of a sort. It is my opinion that the huge majority of citizens will comply, contrary to internet bravado.

Now, America is a humongous country, and we nearly have enough guns for every single man, woman and child. It is a safe assumption that a great number of guns will not be turned in.

After an amnesty period, and increasing volume and frequency of agitation and propaganda broadcast across all forms of media, any gun owner who has decided to keep their arms and had their information compromised, be it from a tip to authorities, data mined from social media, the NICS background check database, or some other method, law enforcement will be dispatched to round up the guns from the non-compliant.

Notice I said round up the guns, not arrest the non-compliant. During this phase, amnesty will in all probability still be extended. The gun owners that did not surrender their guns at a collection station will do so now, when cops are on their porch, in droves. Before you say that most cops are like “us” and would not do such a thing to their neighbors and fellow citizens, that may be true, but practically will make no difference.

There will be many among them that will have no qualms about enforcing the law if that law was enacted according to customs and legislative process of the United States. “Law Enforcement” is in the job description.

There are undoubtedly also many who would have no part of the proceedings, either deliberately whiffing on the task at hand or resigning. In the event of a mass refusal to comply, they will without question be fired or reassigned and replaced with cops who will do the job.

If, during this phase, a gun owner decides he isn’t going to take this crap and go all 1776 on “the Man,” a response team, SWAT, SRT, whatever you want to call it, will be dispatched to bring out the recalcitrant subject and then collect his guns. If he resists or is perceived to be a threat to either officers or public he will be engaged with lethal force. And that’s that.

Then What?

The obvious question here is would enough high-profile standoffs take place, and in enough numbers, to start to have a catalyzing effect on governmental will, or the rest of the public’s stomach to see such seizures carried out until the guns are removed from the land? This is very grim and dark territory, and luckily I think such a scenario is far, far away.

Even luckier, we are in no position to even have to make such a decision, or ponder such an outcome: The Ballot Box is far more effective than the Cartridge Box at this juncture. Make sure you are part of the solution, not part of the problem, by getting active politically on local and federal levels. Join the gun rights organizations of your choice on, again, state and national levels.

Volunteer. Rally. Fundraise. Call every single one of your elected representatives and spell out exactly what you expect from them when a bill on gun control rears its head. After you do that, write them. Have your friends and family do the same. Apathy or blithe self-assurance that “someone” is doing “something” to combat the rabid Leftists and their scheming is tantamount to helping them do it.

Get involved!


A sweeping gun-ban is possible in the U.S., and in some states, probable. Confiscation, while far less likely, has more political capital than it has had in decades, perhaps ever. We as gun owners and citizens cannot sit idly by and watch this political and social maneuvering unfold against us until we are neutralized. Do not trust to anyone else to ensure your rights are being spoken for.

The entity known as news!

Click here to view the original post.

The entity known as news!
Allen Getz ” Behind The Headlines ” Audio player below!

For the inaugural broadcast of Behind the Lines, we will examine the entity known as news. The investigation will center upon what is news, why is it news, and why is control (or lack of control) of it so important to society.

Listen to this broadcast or download “The entity known as news” in this player!

Continue reading The entity known as news! at Prepper Broadcasting Network.

Can Armed Teachers Save Students’ Lives?

Click here to view the original post.

by Derrick Krane

There have been numerous mass shootings, carried out by deranged individuals who enter a school, workplace, or church, and open fire, killing as many people as they can before law enforcement or an armed civilian puts them down, or they are cornered and they kill themselves. The measures that are in place now, such as locking down a school, are not effective as evidenced by the number of casualties that have occurred.  Effective measures need to be enacted to make schools a safer place. Assumptions need to be examined, challenged, and critically considered.

Keeping perspective

In the US, there are about:

  • 98,200 public schools
  • 34, 600 private schools
  • 50, 700,000 students and 3,200,000 million teachers are employed at public schools.
  • 400, 000 more teachers working at private schools, teaching 5,200,000 million students.

This does not include support and administrative staff at public and private schools, nor students faculty and staff of colleges, universities, and technical and trade schools.

One psychopath going into a school and killing a single kid is too many. But when you look at the number of schools in the US, compared with the number of school shootings, schools are still a safe place for teachers and students.  The availability heuristic is a concept which states that we tend to accept the information we are most frequently presented with as the norm. Media bombardment can lead to the impression that schools are unsafe places.  The public becomes not just scared, but terrified for their children and teens. People become outraged and demand immediate action. But when emotions are running so high, reason can have trouble catching up. It is senseless to put useless, emotionally driven measures into place.

  • For the millionth time, gun control will not stop violent criminals from using guns in the commission of violent crimes. By definition, criminals do not obey the law.
  • No member of the NRA has every committed a mass shooting. The NRA condemns criminal use of firearms. Blaming the NRA for gun crime is the epitome of an emotional and baseless argument.
  • At Blue mountain school district in Pennsylvania, buckets of rocks have been made available to throw at a gunman.  Yes, I read the whole article, and this is intended as a last resort, after all other measures have failed. I got that, but I think a better plan is in order.
  • The worst option: Psychopaths intent on a mass shooting are going to be stopped by a Gun Free Zone sign?

The Effectiveness of Gun Free Zones

I invite you to try the following experiments. [Sarcasm Alert].

  • When travelling down a road at 30 to 45 mph, when you come to an intersection, do not See if the Stop sign will stop your car.
  • Do not lock the doors to your home. Put up No Trespassing or Do Not Enter signs to keep criminals out.
  • Put up No Shoplifting signs in your store, and take down the cameras and fire Loss Prevention staff.

 [Warning: More Sarcasm ahead]:

Can No Guns Allowed signs protect you from a mass shooter? Possibly. Stack a lot metal signs together, or a lot more made of paper, and duct tape them together, and you could use it as a shield. That might work. Maybe the answer is to make the signs out of very thick  titanium, and put lots of them up all over the school, with handles of the back, so everyone would have a shield. That probably won’t work, going medieval with shields and rocks. An alternative is to just call the police and let them deal with it.

Wait a minute. There are a few difficulties here too. People are trusting the police to get there within minutes to stop the shooter with their guns. A lot of people can get shot in minutes. These are some of the same people who don’t trust the police.

In fact, many of them actually hate the police,  protest against the police, and won’t allow them in their stores. They don’t want people to have guns, except for the police, though some advocate disarming police officers.  However, they will call for the people they hate and protest against  and bar from their places of business to arrive with their guns and rescue them. I am very confused.

The Absurdity of a Uniform Lockdown policy

The only more useless idea than No Guns Allowed signs to lives in the event of an Active shooter is a Lockdown. Everyone turn off the lights pull the shades, and lock the door to the classroom. Huddle behind an inch or so of drywall, in one corner of the room where you will all make for easy targets, and that will keep you safe. Barricade the door with desks and tables.

Lockdown if you are in a heavily fortified room, with thick concrete walls, and a steel door.  If not, and you can get out, evacuate. Keep anyone else you can from entering the scene. If you can’t get out, then hiding in place is the second best plan. If your hiding place is discovered by the shooter, fight back, because you have nothing to lose.

I would suggest something more effective than going full on caveman and throwing rocks. There is a reason rock throwing is not used in modern combat. Guns are far more effective.  There will be a time to shelter, a time to run, and a time to fight:

Knowing the difference is critical. ALICE training offers options other than the traditional lockdown only policy.

The Trend toward Armed Teachers

As of 2018, 18 states allow teachers to carry weapons in school. Within these states, school districts have trained teachers to carry firearms.  President Trump has called for arming teachers to defend students.  There is opposition to this plan.

In an Atlantic article, A “marine turned teacher” makes a powerful argument against arming teachers.  Armed and trained teachers can be an important part of a comprehensive security system to keep schools safe. Armed teachers are a part of this plan. Designated teachers can carry firearms or have access to firearms in lockboxes to engage a shooter.

Some of the concerns in the Atlantic article could be addressed by teachers acting in a more defensive role; staying in place to protect kids who are hiding, rather than having them search the school for the shooter.

School Security

Think layers when considering security. An onion, not an eggshell is the frequently used metaphor. Armed teachers will be one layer. Other layers include:

  • Cameras in hallways, entrances/exits, and common areas. In the event of an active shooter in the building a PA system can be used with the cameras to track the shooters movements and warn people. If the shooter is on the opposite side of the building, evacuate while you can. If headed your way, this is where armed teachers will come in.
  • Solid, securely locked doors set into a solid frame need to be put in place and kept secured from the outside.
  • Safe rooms. There should be locations around the school designated as safe rooms, known to all students, faculty and staff. These are fortified places where you can take shelter and wait for the police.
  • Police patrols through school property regularly. A car should be driving through the school grounds several times a day, at random, and be on hand when students are coming in for the day, and leaving. This can be part of their regular patrol pattern and does not have to create an undue burden on local police. A school resource officer, armed, well trained, and willing to engage a shooter should always be on the premises.
  • Training in First Aid and Basic Life Support. You put on a seatbelt, but have no intention of crashing. You wear a life jacket and have no intention of your boat capsizing. Hope and pray a shooter does not choose your school. Be prepared for the aftermath of a school shooting with trauma kits, or what are sometimes referred to use “blowout kits” and have people trained to use the contents.
  • Screening of disturbed students. Thus far, everything I have discussed is damage control. Prevention is a far better option. Mental health screens could become a standard part of attending school. Detect kids that are disturbed and provide proper treatment or removal from the school if indicated.
  • Crackdown on bullying. The majority of school shooters have been kids who are bullied mercilessly. The schools do nothing then in an act of complete idiocy, they suspend of otherwise punish the victim when they strike back. Bullying is not a rite of passage, it is not kids fooling around, it is not horseplay and roughhousing, it is smaller weaker more sensitive kids being tormented, abused, hurt and humiliated. They become afraid to go to school feign illness to avoid school, their work suffers, and they develop long term problems such as PTSD, depression, and substance abuse. Some commit suicide. Others commit homicide.
  • Have school counselors who are knowledgeable about adolescent psychology, bullying, child abuse, substance abuse, suicide, sexuality, and other topics of importance to adolescents. A major problem today in the mental health field is that too many clinicians are no longer experts in mental health care. They are much too busy filling out paperwork or electronic forms, attending trainings on corporate compliance, inclusion, cultural sensitivity, multiculturalism, and everything but learning how to be a clinician. Schools need to hire real counselors, not social justice warriors or paper shuffling, keyboard tappers who focus on paperwork to the exclusion of patient care.
  • Minimize media coverage of these monsters, as it only encourages copycats by making them famous. This is not the first time I have written about school or workplace shooters. I refuse to even call them by name. They do not deserve any recognition.


If you are a parent, teacher, or student, educate yourself about school shooters and school security so you can make informed decisions and render informed, rather than emotional opinions. Then talk to your lawmakers, school boards, local police, and city council members about making effective changes in school security. And never forget to talk to your kids and hear them.

Where are the Dads and role models for young men, who teach them right from wrong and hold them accountable? If you have a child who is bullied, or your child is the bully, don’t wrap yourself in comfortable denial. Do something about it. Don’t wait for it to get better. If your child tells you they have concerns about another student’s behavior, pay attention. If you have concerns about your child get them professional help.


This article is part satire. Use your best judgement when putting into practice any of the advice given in this article.

The American Dunning-Kruger Epidemic (Or Why Ignorant People Are So Sure They’re Right)

Click here to view the original post.

by Daisy Luther

It’s time to address an epidemic in the United States. It’s one that could be deadly, particularly to liberty.

It’s an epidemic of Dunning-Kruger. It’s why ignorant … Read the rest

The post The American Dunning-Kruger Epidemic (Or Why Ignorant People Are So Sure They’re Right) appeared first on The Organic Prepper.

How to Stop Being a Snowflake

Click here to view the original post.

by Derrick Krane

A snowflake has become a term to describe an entitled, whiny, weak, sensitive person, whose anxiety is easily triggered. They want everything their way all the time, and are easily offended. They take offense on behalf of others who are not offended. They have no limits or boundaries on how extreme they will take their sensitivity. They espouse tolerance for all except those who disagree with them. They are meta- sensitive in that even being called a snowflake triggers them.  Male subtypes of Snowflakes are Soy-boys or Beta- males.

See the video below for more on Soy-boys

They are afraid of guns. They drink emasculating, feminizing soy milk and eat tofu while wearing sperm-count lowering skinny jeans. They discourage clapping to show approval as that may trigger anxiety (no, I did not make that up). They have ‘allergic reactions” to strong smells. They equate the American Flag with racism and oppression, though America was the first nation to outlaw slavery, a many millennia old practice, and pursue civil rights for all, except heterosexual white men and Christians.

See the video below for more about how Western civilization, led by America, has been the cornerstone of equality and liberty.

Snowflakes cry when they don’t get their way, are entitled, think they have the right to never be offended, and don’t like work. They frighten me. The reason they frighten me is that they are the future of our nation and Western civilization. We are in real trouble.

The Power in Being a Victim

There is power in taking on the victim role. Other people will expect less of you. People will tiptoe around you so you don’t get triggered and have an adult temper tantrum. When you present yourself as weak and fragile, others will treat you that way. Others will hold you less accountable. You will get your way. A price tag comes with this treatment. You will become even weaker. In this way, a self-perpetuating cycle will be created.

The Cost of Being a Victim

This is very straightforward. You will be weak, mentally and physically. There are also those who will not indulge you; they will victimize you and exploit you. There are predatory human beings who seek out weak human beings for criminal victimization.

Weak is a Choice

People with disabilities, injuries, or the frail elderly do not have a much of a choice as to how physically capable they can be. Most people do.  Our bodies are remarkable, self-maintaining machines that we should be thankful for, and train and develop to our fullest potential. How ungrateful and complacent it is to allow yourself to decay prematurely.

What an insult to people who are disabled or less capable, who yearn to be able-bodied, when people take their bodies for granted and mistreat themselves. It is easy to be weak. Sit in a chair or on the couch all day and play video games, and watch porn and You Tube clickbait. Eat high fat, sugary, salt-laden foods. Smoke two packs of cigarettes a day. Your muscles will atrophy, your cardiovascular capacity will diminish, and you will gain fat. Or go to an air-conditioned or heated gym twice a week and ride the recumbent bike or walk on a treadmill for half an hour, then tell yourself you work out.

Dumb is a Choice

Some people suffer from Mental Retardation/Developmental Disabilities. They are born with a below average IQ  which will not progress past a certain point despite efforts at education and training, and they will have difficulty adapting to their changing environment, and doing tasks which most adults take for granted.

Once again, those with an average IQ or higher are being ungrateful for their intellect and abilities if they squander it. Sitting and watching hour after hour of video games, porn, and idiot videos will not just cause your muscles to atrophy.  It will weaken your mind. Our nation needs smart people. Stupid is dangerous. Look at vax deniers and the Fat Acceptance Movement and the harm they are causing because they do not understand basic scientific principles.

The Slippery Slope, One Day at a Time

Mental and physical strength must be maintained. Habits have to be maintained. Bad habits are easy to slide into. Someone who weighs 400 pounds and is suffering from high blood pressure, diabetes, and heart disease didn’t get there overnight.  The condition they are presently in is the summation of many days of bad choices. Making yourself mentally and physically strong also occurs one day at a time. Every rep in the gym, every line in a book, every minute of educational video, every new place you see and new experience you have will strengthen you.

Building Fortitude

Mental fortitude includes intelligence, skills, knowledge, confidence and competence that come from knowing things, tolerance for discomfort, and a will to perform and succeed.

  • Read more. Read classic literature, books that have stood the test of time and are an integral part of Western civilization. You can access free EBooks on
  • If you want to watch YouTube there are many channel which build your knowledge instead of dulling your mind. Start with: PragurU, Simple History, Alux, SciShow
  • Embrace discomfort. Accept that you can’t always be comfortable. Sometimes you will be bored, scared, lonely, too cold, too warm, or tired or hungry.
  • Carry a notepad everywhere. Yes, a notepad and pen, not a device. Handwriting and penmanship are becoming dying skills. When you hear a new word, a new idea, discover a new restaurant, or meet someone new, write it down.
  • Learn new skills and accumulate credentials, certification, and licenses. Make yourself as smart and skilled as possible.
  • Do things for yourself. When I go into a store, I refuse all offers of help. Can I help you? Can I help you? I will help myself. I will walk up and down the aisles until I find what I am looking for. The only time I ask for help finding something is if I am in a hurry and have more pressing things to attend. When I refuse help and find an item in the store myself, I have just gained two opportunities: I learn something new, getting a little smarter, and I had to walk more than necessary, so I got a little stronger.
  • Don’t overlook the little things that make you soft. Creamy aftershave lotion? Seriously? I want my aftershave to sting when I slap it on. Sugar in your coffee? Try drinking it black. You will be surprised at how good it is, if you have picked good quality coffee.
  • Are you a believer? Pray for courage, fortitude, and whatever else you need in your life. Not a believer? Try it anyway. So sorry Atheists, but The Creator is there; whether you believe it or not doesn’t change anything. And why are you getting so adamant and worked up over something you say does not exist?

Physical fortitude

  • Work out at least four or five days a week. Do heavy lifts that engage multiple muscle groups, such as the bench press, squat, deadlift, and farmers walk. Another good combination is deadlifts, dips, pull-ups and squats. Not ready to lift? Walk. Every day, walk as much as possible.

If you are over 40, or have never worked out, or not worked in a long while, see your physician first for medical clearance.

  • Eat right. Avoid processed foods. Choose fresh fruits and vegetables, lean meat, poultry and fish, whole milk, yogurt, butter and cheese, olive oil, avocado oil, nuts and seeds, and a little dark chocolate.
  • Hydrate, hydrate, and hydrate.
  • Sleep seven to nine hours every night.
  • No illegal drugs and minimal alcohol.
  • Never use tobacco products of any kind. Inhaling smoke into your lungs from burnt tobacco, or chewing tobacco leaves is harmful to your health in multiple ways. There is not a single thing about it that is any good.
  • Get outdoors. Walk outdoors, run, bike and swim outdoors, work outdoors, sit outdoors, and work out outdoors. Expose yourself to sunlight, heat and cold, and wind and rain.
  • Speaking of the outdoors, do you have basic survival skills? Can you navigate with a map and compass, the sun, and landmarks? Build a fire without matches, or at least with matches? Make a shelter? Identify edible berries and plants? Purify water? Catch a fish? In our industrialized, sanitized and electronically dependent society, many people have never done these things. Learn how. Take a course, have an experienced outdoorsman teach you, or at least look up sources and get out in the woods and learn through trial and error. It will be a fun experience, and help you develop tolerance for discomfort. Start by picking a place close by where you can walk out easily, not where a search party and rescue will be needed if things go sideways.
  • Prepare for the unexpected. The unexpected does not have to be a nationwide societal collapse. It could be a hurricane, tornado, local flooding, an industrial accident that necessitates evacuating for a few days, losing your income, or a bad case of the flu if you live alone and can’t leave the house for a few days. Develop maximum self-sufficiency. Start with basic necessities. Keep at least 10 liters of water per person on  hand, a week of non-perishable food, have an overnight bag in your car, $400 in cash, and ibuprofen, Imodium, and packets of Emergen-C. A personal favorite to ease the suffering of the flu are power gels. They go down easy and stay down even on an upset stomach, taste good, and provide electrolytes and easily digested carbs. Also have a good reliable flashlight or three, matches, and some candles.
  • Be prepared to save a life, or at least patch someone up, including yourself. Take a Red Cross First Aid course, CPR, AED operation, and Infant/Child CPR. Learn some of the basics of anatomy and physiology, and pharmacology.

Don’t Indulge Whining from Weak People

Snowflakes are very high maintenance employees. There is yet another contradiction in the liberal thought process, in that they preach equality for all, yet want special treatment. You can’t have it both ways. If you are a supervisor, manager, or otherwise in authority over others, don’t indulge whiny employees. Their feelings are really not important, their performance is.

Josh raised his voice to me. That was inappropriate and I felt very hurt and threatened.             .

A secretary made a mistake on the same simple task three times in a row, so Josh grew frustrated and repeated himself for the fourth time, a little louder than usual. The delicate little snowflake went to HR and complained. HR went to Josh’s supervisor. Josh’s supervisor sat him down for an hour interrogation, recording a timeline of events of “this incident”. The meeting concluded with a stern warning that any further behavioral escalation would result in immediate termination. Josh had a skill set developed over a decade which was of great value to his company, but after being devalued like this, he started looking elsewhere.

The HR manager should have told the little brat to stop whining and get back to work. If anyone needed to be disciplined, it was her for not being able to do her job. A politically incorrect but objective reality is that some people have more valuable skills than others. The secretary was 19 with a high school education. Josh was a 44 year old man with an MBA (Masters of Business Administration) and he was a CPA (Certified Public Accountant) and an attorney. Who is of more value to the organization? Another consideration is that I have felt hurt and threatened many times in my life, and have never got a dime for it. Stop being so entitled.


Do not accept weakness in yourself or others. It will have negative effects on your life and the people around you. If enough people embrace weakness as a lifestyle choice, it can impact an entire generation, and a nation.

Why You Shouldn’t Wait for the Government To Save You After SHTF

Click here to view the original post.

by Tara

“Hello, I’m from the government and I am here to help…”

If these words sum of your survival “plan,” you should go on ahead and start kissing your loved ones good bye right now. The government is NOT prepared, and by the time their underlings start rolling down your street, it will likely be to take and not give, supplies.

The government is not prepared to render aid to all American people immediately after a national disaster strikes, and beyond. The massive stockpile of food, potable water, and medicine you might think the government has to distribute, simply does not exist.

The aftermath of natural disasters in 2017 alone proves that the problems with getting aid to emergency sights is not just a lack of available stockpiles, but also involves budgetary and logistical hurdles as well. Local and state governmental entities will be as overly taxed as federal agencies, and equally hampered by a lack of resources, funds, ability to reach areas in either the immediate or surrounding, disaster area.

In all likelihood, when the government does arrive in your neighborhood, it may be to find more essential resources to keep itself and “top priority” areas going. Your guns could be the first thing to go, especially if martial law has been declared. The redistribution of vital materials, “for the public good” should be something we all are thinking about as we prep….and covertly store our preps.

Disaster Warnings

How much of a warning the government has before disaster strikes will directly impact both the amount of aide that can be distributed and how long it will take to deliver. Having time to coordinate with state, regional, county, and local governmental entities and businesses that sell fuel, food, and water, will increase the possibility that aide could arrive within days or weeks, if the disaster is not a nationwide event.

The chance of having more than a 24 hour warning before disaster strikes is likely only going to happen if the incident is sparked by a weather related event, like a hurricane, tornado, or flooding. The ability to detect solar flares before they happen has only existed for about two decades and is still not perfected.

Do not count on the Emergency Alert System (formerly known as the Emergency Broadcast System) to utter more than a single warning before a SHTF incident – if that. The once simplistic emergency response system went high tech about a decade ago…making it incredibly vulnerable to cyber hackers.

Terrorists who are able to hack into the EAS could potentially send out false information to not only the general public, but to the first responders who would be rushing into ground zero to help in the immediate aftermath of the disaster. Ponder for a moment, how much more devastating the 9/11 attacks or the Boston Marathon bombing could have been had the first responders intentionally been given false information – or instructions designed to lure them to an area for stage two of a terror attack to take place.

If the power grid goes down, as would happen during a solar flare, EMP, nuclear attack, or catastrophic natural disaster near Washington, DC, the ability to enact the Emergency Alert System might not exist.

The change over from the Emergency Broadcast System to the high tech Emergency Alert System permits the President of the United States to tap into a direct link to the EAS to issue an alert. To date, no president has conducted a live test on the new system, so whether or not it works or how hard it would be to hack, is basically unknown. Some security tech experts maintain hacking into the EAS system would not take the skills of a seasoned cyber hacker. If a hacker garners access to the root server of the Emergency Alert System, the ability to thwart or alter warnings messages, has been gained.

Governmental Priorities

The government’s first priority will not be to feed, house, and render medical aid to the American people. Maintaining order will be the number one priority of all levels of government during and after a SHTF disaster. If our freedom must be infringed upon to get the task completed, that is what will be done. One of the most revered presidents in the history of the United States did just that, and we now celebrate his birth with a day off of work every year.

President Abraham Lincoln has long been heralded for saving the union during the Civil War. He may have done that, but the Constitution was trampled upon to achieve the lofty goal. There is a distinct reason many Southerners refer to what happened between 1861 and 1865 as the “War of Northern Aggression,” and they do not have anything to do with cherishing the abhorrent act of owning other human beings.

Contrary to what most public school history textbooks tell you, the Civil War began brewing not over slavery, but after more than a decade of tariffs being levied upon the South alone. Politicians of the 1800s were no different than their modern counterparts when it came to holding onto power and money to spend that was not their own. Prior to taking a vote on secession, President Lincoln had the entire Maryland State Legislature arrested.

To keep America intact and collecting increasingly high export tariffs, the Constitution was violated in the following ways by Lincoln during the Civil War:

1. The Navy was ordered to blockade domestic ports. Such an act must be ordered by Congress, but during the Civil War the president usurped the power of the governing body in an effort to starve the South into submission.

2. President Lincoln ordered the military attack on Fort Sumter without congressional approval and refused to call Congress back into formal session after the attack has taken place. Sumter was not just any fort, it was a primary tariff collection depot.

3. General William Tecumseh Sherman was issued an order by President Lincoln to embark on his march to the sea – burning down whole towns (including hospitals) and “requisitioning” food and other goods from Southern residents, as he saw fit.

4. Lincoln again circumvented Congress when he suspended the writ of habeas corpus. This allowed the arrest of Americans without bothering to file a criminal charge against them – and to hold them without the benefit of a trial indefinitely. When ordered by the United States Supreme Court to immediately restore the writ of habeas corpus. Lincoln not only ignored the mandate without consequence, he ordered the arrest of the justice who dared to issue it. Approximately 20,000 Americans were arrested after the writ was suspended during the Civil War.

5. More than 300 newspapers, the only form of a free press at the time, were either commandeered and then shuttered, by order of President Abraham Lincoln. Some of the publishers and editors of the newspapers who reported negative articles about the handling of the Civil War, were arrested for merely exercising their right to free speech.

The very protections our Founding Fathers wrote into the Constitution to forever prevent a loss of freedom or for tyranny to rear its ugly head in America, were cast aside by a single man and then soundly forgotten by the history books.

If you think such a thing could not happen again, for the sake of keeping order, you would be delusional. The government will once again be acting in the ends justify the means mode during a SHTF scenario.

What Should We Expect The Government To Do In An Effort To Maintain Order?

• Declare martial law
• Impose a curfew
• Restrict movements of Americans – enter the definite possibility of FEMA camps here!
• Requisition all functioning vehicles, or even horses, if the SHTF disaster was caused by an EMP or solar flare.
• Take control of the food supply
• Suspend the writ of habeas corpus…again
• Shut down the free press

The effective mission statement on FEMA’s own website should be viewed as a harbinger of what to expect during a large-scale disaster:

“A secure and resilient nation with the capabilities required across the whole community to prevent, protect against, mitigate, respond to, and recover from the threats and hazards that pose the greatest risk.”

I can just about guarantee you folks that rural areas will not be anywhere near the top priority list for recovery aid during and after a doomsday disaster. When the agents from the Department of Homeland Security and FEMA show up in rural areas where most preppers live, they will be looking for food – because this is where is grown and raised, and for guns, because we have the highest percentage of ownership on a geographic scale.

Who will be the government decision makers after a SHTF disaster? That question has far too many variables to offer even an educated guess. We could be way down the presidential line of succession after a doomsday disaster. The HMIC could be the director of the Department of Transportation or the deputy director of Bureau of Land Management – in essence, an unelected appointee with less experience than a small town mayor, when it comes to managing a population of any size

I am not one prone to conspiracy theories. My description of the typical government response is based upon past precedent, agency priorities, and logic. The government will not think it’s out to get you, but protect you while maintaining order for the “public good.” That, my dear fellow preppers, is the recipe for a freedom-infringing and very dangerous scenario, indeed.

Why Taking Guns From The ‘Mentally Ill Should Scare You

Click here to view the original post.

by Tara

After the recent school shooting in Parkland, Florida, liberal talking heads immediately launched into yet another attack on our Second Amendment rights. As has also become commonplace after mass shootings, mental health was also infused into the discussion with a flurry of possible bills proposed in the wake of the massacre.

We gun owners are used to the illogical knee-jerk reactions of the anti-gun crowd after mass shootings. We have also grown frustratingly accustomed to the eagerness of liberals to put the blame on the guns, and not squarely where is belongs – on the person who held the weapon and squeezed the trigger.

Blaming the gun used in any mass shooting will not stop future mass shootings. I can stare at our gun safe 24/7, waiting for the moment one of our firearms jumps off its rack and launches into a bloody killing spree. It’s just not going to happen…ever.

Doing something, anything, to stop gun violence can prompt some pretty scary laws – ones that have consequences those who rush to support them, do not take even a few seconds to ponder. If making a law would ensure the prevention, or even logical curtailing or a specific crime, there would no longer be murder, rape, drug dealing, or drunk driving arrests in the United States of America.

If most DUIs occurred by people driving a Dodge Charger, banning the vehicle from ever again being manufactured in America would still not stop drunk driving accidents. No politician would ever propose such a ludicrous idea in the first place.

It has been incredibly easy for liberal politicians and the media to blame the gun and not the actual evil person behind mass shootings. It reinforces their anti-gun agenda, makes it appear like they are taking action to protect the children and the public at large, and pretends to offer a quick fix to an extremely complicated problem.

Taking a long hard look at the American family and admitting that the lack of a father in the home, parents who act like besties and not real parents, disengaged parents of overly scheduled and highly pampered children, would be far too in-depth, complicated, and uncomfortable of a subject to delve into. Banning guns and calling for weapons to be removed from mentally ill or disabled people, is a much easier concept to sell to those folks who think a “gun free zone” sign will protect them.

Discussing the crumbling of our society and culture is cultivating mass shooters would lead to monstrously politically incorrect language and could of course cost liberal politicians some votes. There are more people killed in a month of weekends in Chicago than any single mass shooting that has happened in America. But, they don’t want to talk about that, not really.

The few that are pushed to answer questions about the lack of attention being paid to inner city gun violence in Chicago (and similar cities) blame it on lax gun laws in surrounding areas where they think the street punks in the Illinois city are going to get their guns. The blood in the streets doesn’t at all mean stringent gun laws don’t work, it only means such laws must be mirrored everywhere to have an impact.

Since there are so few real journalists left in the mainstream media, the logical follow up question is never asked. If the lax gun laws in other parts of Cook County are to blame, why aren’t double digit weekend shootings occurring there, as well?

Liberal’s false narrative on urban criminals…

Liberals are also fond of claiming it is not the fault of the youthful urban largely minority criminals that they got caught up in violent gangs – it is the lack of good schools and jobs that provoked them. Once again, they are pushing a false narrative. If living in an impoverished area where jobs are scarce and the schools are poorly funded, why aren’t the sidewalks in most rural areas also dripping with blood each weekend?

Kids growing up in rural areas probably have more access to legally purchased guns than Chicago youth do illegal guns, yet folks around here rarely ever bother to lock their doors at night and have no fear of getting hit by a stray drive by bullet.
If tough gun laws are the answer, why weren’t the mass shootings were have experienced in recent history also occurring during the 1950s, 60s, and 70s when far, far fewer gun laws existed?

Mental health?

The fact even the mainstream media is finally considering the mental health of mass shooters as the motivation behind gun mass shootings and not simply a particular weapon is a good thing, but only to a certain degree. Unless Second Amendment rights supporters keep a close eye on ALL proposed mental health gun laws, we all could one day soon hear a knock at the door by government agents coming to take our firearms.

No sane person would want a mentally ill person to have a firearm – or any other type of weapon. But, do we really want liberals, or the government in general to be in charge of determining mental fitness?

After the Parkland, Florida shooting, the mainstream media, CNN in particular, staunchly lambasted Republican lawmakers who supported overturning Barack Obama’s rule that yanked away Second Amendment rights from the disabled. Low-information voters thought the conservatives were gun-clinging monsters because Americans with disabilities who, according to the then liberal White House, no longer possessed the mental capacity to own a firearm.

There was a strict and lengthy process to determine what Americans with disabilities lost their gun rights, a formal hearing would be held and an avenue for appeal if guns were ordered to be removed. Nope, nothing of the kind was slated to occur under the supposed “common sense” mental health gun law.

Any law-abiding American gun owner who received a disability check and had a representative payee, was subject to it – without legal recourse. The government’s theory was a person surely had to be not only possibly physically, but mentally incapacitated if another adult was designed as the person who cashed their checks and take care of their banking.

If a rural grandma decided to give such authority to an adult child or grandchild so she didn’t have to drive 30 miles to the bank, she would have been forced to give up the shotgun she kept in the house to protect herself.

If a man with vision problems opted to go the same route because he no longer drove, he too would no longer have the right to protect himself from a home invader.

An urban elderly person who uses a walker and lives in a dangerous neighborhood would have had to choose between keeping a handgun they had a permit to carry and allowing a loved on to be their representative payee.

The mystery of the “mentally ill”…

Exactly what type of medication a person was taking or condition they were suffering from that would disqualify them under the mental health gun law, still remains largely shrouded in mystery.

That was then, this is now..and the mental health gun control laws coming down the pike could be even more arbitrary and contain only foggy details about firearms disqualifying conditions.

The mental health gun control laws being bantered about could impact your minor children, as well. One day soon all of the 8,389,034 kids forced to take psychiatric drugs by their doctors and/or parents, will become adults. Any of those children who want to purchase a gun, may likely not be able to due to their past history of treatment for a mental health or behavior issue – or supposed issue.

The number of children, particularly boys, being fed drugs to combat ADD or ADHD now numbers into the millions and has grown every year for the past decade.

• There are approximately 1,080,168 age five and below who are now taking psychiatric drugs.

• About 274,804 age one and younger, are prescribed psychiatric drugs in the United States.

• Around 4,130,340 children are taking the same mental health medications on a daily basis in America.

• Approximately 3,617,593 teenagers between 13 and 17 years old, the average age range of school mass shooters are consuming psychiatric drugs.

• Around 4,404,360 of the American children are taking strong prescription medications because a doctor thinks they have ADHD. Have you ever seen the test for an ADD or ADHD diagnosis? Is is a completely subjective set of questions a doctor, parents, and a teacher answers to determine if their behavior falls within currently accepted norms – that’s it. Around 1,500 of the children on ADHD drugs are still wearing diapers when the medicine is prescribed.

• Approximately 2,165,279 children who are less than one year old to 17, are taking antidepressant medications.

• Another 830,836 or so American toddlers, children, and teenagers are prescribed anti-psychotic medications.

• About 2,132,625 minors are prescribed medications for anxiety issues.

When television and government supposed experts talk about the drug problem and gun violence problems in America, they should first be talking about the impact of long-term psychiatric prescription drug on children who grow up popping a pill every day in this country.

The reasons behind the monumental increase in which psychotropic pharmaceuticals are being prescribed to children, the same type of drugs many mass shooters and terrorists were on when they created mass carnage, remains largely unaddressed – even though it desperately needs to be.

Liberals want to make the NRA and by extension, all Second Amendment supporters the big bad guys.

They go on, and on, and on each night on the news talking about the deep pockets of the NRA and all the power their political contributions bring them.

One of the many actual facts the liberal commentators fail to mention, is how the NRA political contributions pale in comparison to the deep pockets of Big Pharma. Over the course of the last decade, the NRA lobbying budget was $20 million. That is truly a lot of money, but Big Pharma, the makers of all the drugs being forced upon innocent children, had a lobbying budget or $2.5 BILLION.

No, they don’t want to talk about that. Why children are being prescribed some of the most serious drugs on the market even before they are old enough to write their own names – and the impact those drugs and have on their still-forming brains, does not fit their gun-grabbing narrative at all.

Liberals want us to believe the same type of governmental agencies that failed to revoke Nikolas Cruz’s gun rights after being alerted to his dangerous, threatening, and sometimes illegal behavior BEFORE he opened fire inside a school, is diligent and dedicated enough to determine who among us is mentally ill and isn’t fit to own a gun?! I think not.

None, exactly 0% of the suggested gun violence bills currently being debated and passed, would have stopped Cruz from legally getting a gun – not even some of the mental health guidelines that are finite and reasonable, if the law enforcement agents tasked do not share and act upon the information.

I fully respect our local heroes, they risk their lives protecting our communities for very little pay each and every day. But, in the case of the Parkland, Florida school shooting, members of law enforcement agencies where complaints about the shooter were lodged, including the school, did not do their jobs…and children died because of it.

Veterans who have sought treatment for stress, anxiety, PTSD, or similar issues have lost their Second Amendment rights because they went to a doctor for help and in most cases, been prescribed the same type of medications being given to our children.
A VA staffer sitting in an office somewhere can take one quick look at a veteran’s file and deem the man or woman too “mentally defective” to own a gun. Thousands of veterans are still fighting to retain the right to protect themselves at home after protecting us abroad.

We have already seen how badly such a blanket policy controlled by government hands has played out with the “No Fly List.” Liberals love to talk about this list too, when touting their latest “comprehensive” gun control legislation.

The “No Fly List” Analogy

The left loves to say a person can be placed on the No Fly List because they pose a national security threat, but can still buy a gun. While this makes it seem like a new gun law or enhanced background check is necessary, the liberals uttering such dogma have gotten very creative with their carefully selected set of “facts.”

The parameters for the No Fly List were so broad and subjective, some powerful public officials and agency administrators even found their names on the dreaded list. Ted Kennedy was stopped an interrogated to prove he was not the “T. Kennedy” on the No Fly List, Cat Stevens was temporarily refused entry back to the United States after his new last name, “Islam” landed him on the list, two CNN reporters and even a toddler, just to name a few, have found themselves onto the terror watch list.

Getting off the list can often involve a lengthy and expensive legal process. Only about 1,000 or so people on the 80,000 plus person fly list, are even Americans already in our country.

There is a massively huge difference between mental health patients with serious problems and a person taking some type of medication for a small or temporary issue – like anti-stress medication after the loss of a loved one.

I am very afraid all of the recently proposed laws will not only difference, but in the rush to “do something” will deter people from seeking out the help they need.
Liberals are now demanding that doctors be permitted to ask patients if they own a gun or one is present in their home. Such privacy intruding questions are not permitted everywhere.

If a doctor feels a patient if depressed, anxious, or is experiencing other similar emotions, the physician would be entitled (perhaps compelled) to report the gun-owning patient to the local authorities.

I am the first to admit I do not understand the inner-workings of a liberal mind, but what do they even hope to accomplish if every doctor becomes required to ask if a patient owns a gun?

Lying to a police officer can get your arrested, but there is at least currently no law against lying to your doctor. People lie to their doctor all the time: “How often do you consume alcohol, how often do you exercise, how much do you smoke…” probably spark the most frequent lies to doctors.

The fight to safeguard our Second Amendment rights is not one of leaps and bounds, but one of inches. We have to remain vigilant and read every single word in bills proposed both in our own respective states and federally.

Do not let innocuous sounding bills fool you into thinking the new rules they contain will not chip away at our right to keep and bare arms. Let us never allow our the United States of America to become like the former Soviet Union and use “mental illness” designations to garner control over the right to free speech, political dissent, or our Second Amendment rights.

Prepping to Deal With Our Worst Nightmare – Loss

Click here to view the original post.

Written by Wild Bill on The Prepper Journal.

As Preppers we strive to be ready for the expected and possible while preparing for the unexpected. In the latter we do what we think is best, we go from our experience, our trusted sources of knowledge and information and from our life experiences. Most of the time this at least gives us a fighting chance, an edge to get through the event and its aftermath.

But to be frank, there are somethings that one simply can’t prepare for because we underestimated the gravity of the event, its monumental impact to the very core of our being. I am talking about the loss of a loved one, a child, a parent, a member of our tight group that we depended upon every day or when the SHTF. It is a part of life in general and something we certainly will have to face throughout life, and perhaps constantly and instantly should TEOTWAWKI come to pass.

In such a scenario we already know we need to be fully engaged, at the top of our game, just to get from one day to the next. We know that any loss of focus could cost us and ours dearly. And that, unless you just came off of a 6 month tour in Afghanistan, you really don’t even know all the detail you should be staying on top of, after all, at least there you had support, intel and some situation awareness. Things which may all be gone now.

The Stages of Grief in Overdrive

The five stages of grief – denial, anger, bargaining, depression and acceptance are the subject of many books. It is human nature to run through these and there is no real time-line for each. In fact some people never get through all the stages and languish in some for what appears to be forever. Looking from the outside in we see this; looking from the inside out we may feel we are progressing and getting back to normal when we really are spinning our wheels. In a SHTF scenario how do you get through these more quickly and get back to your game to survive and help others in your group survive? What does it take to suspend grief long enough to finish the mission you are facing right now. And again, the mission of getting through each day whole, a mission that never stops.

In a combat situation denial is immediately replaced by shock and anger. The ability to put aside the shock, control the anger, focus it and get back to a real situation awareness immediately is something I believe is only learned from experience. It is brutal, it is sickening and it is shocking but in such a situation your ability to deal with it is truly the difference between life and death, of suffering a similar fate. So it is normal to bury the healing stages of loss in such a situation and it is typical, though unhealthy, to keep them suppressed as long as possible. Frankly because it is easier. A contributing factor to PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder), almost certainly.

But loss won’t always come in the heat of a firefight, it will come as it does through the natural course of life and as the results of unexpected events. In a SHTF scenario the lack of professional and well stocked medical personnel and facilities, the exasperation of pre-existing medical conditions, unexpected encounters with wild animals, accidents, falls, weather, and on and on. In this scenario the reflex will not be to skip denial and go directly to anger but to force you to face denial and all its questions, while still having that background and unrelenting task of getting through the day.

The best description I have heard of grief is it is like being in a small boat on the ocean. At first the waves are enormous and almost constant and come from all directions. Just getting over the waves is surviving. As time passes the waves start to get smaller, and farther apart, but there are still those rogue waves that come and swallow you whole. As time passes you get back to a new normal, but you never get back to whole again in the same way. I have heard it stated as “moving on” and I always reply “moving on differently.”

In an off the grid world everyone has tasks, talents and chores and now you have lost some of those. The reality is this now puts an extra burden on the group and just doing those new and assumed tasks should bring you back to working through the stages of grief as you will be remembering why you are doing this new chore now.


As a group, to one another, to the older members, to the children. TALK ABOUT IT when there is downtime. Beware of the anger stage, that it not become a “blame” stage. That is a roller-coaster to hell. It may have its ups but have no doubt, the destination is assured and it is destruction.

These is no way to “practice” this other than to experience it, and I know you have all been through the loss of grandparents, and others in your life. It is my hope you will remember those times not only for how the person lost enriched your life but for the emotions you experienced knowing it is something you will face again and it will make you better prepared at getting through the toughest of times.

In loving memory of all of those taken from us too soon.







The post Prepping to Deal With Our Worst Nightmare – Loss appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

What is an “Assault Rifle”?

Click here to view the original post.

Written by John Hertig on The Prepper Journal.

The news these days is full of the debate about assault rifles.  But what exactly are we talking about?

Many people claim that an “AR-15” is an “assault rifle”.  And they are about “half” correct, because there are three possible definitions of assault rifle:  the technical one, the legal one and the functional one.  They also think that “AR” stands for “assault rifle” or “automatic rifle”, but they are completely wrong on that.  It stands for “Armalite Rifle” after the company which invented them.

– Technically, an “assault rifle” is defined as “an intermediate-range, magazine-fed military weapon designed to be fired with two hands from the shoulder that can be set for automatic or semiautomatic fire”.  Those who don’t know what they are talking about and those who want to get rid of guns and don’t mind lying to do so, have extended this to include “or semi-automatic versions of these”.  Everyone agrees that the M-16 and the AK-47 are assault rifles.  Some people insist that the AR-15 and the semi-automatic only version of the AK-47 are also “assault rifles”.  Note that true (fully automatic) assault rifles are already very highly regulated.  None can have been manufactured for civilian use since 1986, which means the limited and dwindling supply of existing registered ones has resulted in ridiculously high prices (up to $60,000).  To get one you have to pass an extensive federal background check, pay a $200 transfer tax, and wait for many months.  And once you have one, there are restrictions on what you can do with it which do not apply to semi-automatic only firearms.

– Legal definitions are what are specified in laws which specify “assault rifles” instead of the more accurate and politically ineffective “Modern Sporting Rifles” (MSR) or the marginally accurate “assault style rifles”, and vary from Federal to State, and from State to State.  Of course, true assault rifles are already covered by the NFA (National Firearms Act of 1934), the GCA (Gun Control Act of 1968) and the FOPA (Firearm Owners Protection Act of 1986), so any law about “assault rifles” only apply to the semi-automatic versions.  And these laws sometimes list specific models (such as AR-15 and AK-47) and typically (also) refer to “semi-automatic rifles which can accept a magazine removable without opening the action (or a capacity of over 10 rounds), AND have one or more ‘features’ such as a collapsible or folding stock, a thumb hole stock or pistol grip, a vertical forward grip, a bayonet lug, or a flash hider.  In other words, how it LOOKS, not how it works.  Under these laws, an AR-15 is an assault rifle, and a Mini-14 is not an assault rifle even though it does exactly the same thing; it just looks “less military” (even though it is a shrunken version of the M-14 military rifle).

Note: This is NOT an assault rifle “by definition” though the Editor would gladly take this into any combat situation against any other rifle.

Functionally, if a person uses a rifle to assault someone, it is an assault rifle.  Even if it is a single shot, black powder, muzzle loading rifle which is considered a “curio or relic”, is not regulated and can be ordered through the mail.

So an AR-15 is not an assault rifle by the original, unpoliticized technical definition, is usually an assault rifle by the legal definition, and is very seldom is an assault rifle by the functional definition.  Oh, and guess what:  No matter how any law defines “assault rifles”, there will be a way around it.  So then all semi-autos will need to be addressed.  And after they are no longer a factor, we will find that lever action rifles and pump action rifles and revolver rifles are pretty quick firing as well.  Step by step the people will be pushed further and further into being prey for anyone who wishes to subjugate them.  Just keep this in mind while we continue to discuss “assault rifles”.

Should Assault Rifles be “Banned”?

Whenever an AR-15 or other MSR is used by some fame seeking psychopath, there is a call to “ban assault rifles”.

At first glance, it would seem that the Second Amendment of the United States Constitution would prevent this.  “A well regulated Militia, being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the people to keep and bear Arms, shall not be infringed”.  This was written after the United States had just rebelled against a tyrannical government to achieve freedom from the same, and was primarily intended to make sure that as a people, we would never be in a condition where we could not rebel against tyranny.

Thus, let’s dissect this.  It starts with a “justification” clause (the reason for the amendment) and ends with an “effect” clause (the purpose of the amendment).  The justification was to “ensure the security of a free (from tyranny) State (the political entity covered by the document, that is, the new United States)”  And how were they going to ensure this security?  With a “well regulated Militia”.  In those days, the militia was considered to be every able bodied white man between the ages of 18 and 45.  Under normal conditions, these people  would not be actively IN the militia, but they could be called together and trained and lead (thus well regulated) if the conditions warranted.  And the only way to practically do that was if “all” of them had their own personal arms and experience in their use.  This means arms which are at or near to the level of sophistication of those weapons likely to be used by the tyrant’s forces.  Today, the militia would include all races and probably at least some women.

Thus the “effect” clause is the most important part of the Amendment.  And the effect is a “right” and the group to whom that right applies.  The right is “to keep and bear Arms”, with Arms meaning weapons suitable for defense against a tyrant or tyrannical government.  Otherwise, the purpose of the amendment is without value.  The target group is “the people”, that is citizens of the United States.  That has been massaged to be interpreted as the subset of those people who have not proven themselves to be a danger if in possession of firearms, including released criminals and the mentally unbalanced.  If the justice system really did a reasonably effective job of rehabilitating criminals, than it seems obvious that after “paying their debt to society”, criminals would be able to restore this right, particularly those whose criminal acts were non-violent.  Under our current justice system, current restrictions on this restoration of rights can have a case about it made both ways.  As for the mentally unbalanced, they are sick and should be cured before they have ANY right which will affect the rest of society.  But without ANY valid indication of danger from a person, any restriction of gun rights appears to be prohibited (“shall not be infringed”; that is limited, undermined or encroached on).

“Arms” have always been interpreted as “personal” weapons.  I don’t imagine anyone, including the founding fathers, thought that squad or higher level weaponry (cannons in their day) would be either appropriate for individuals, or likely to be effective if used by an individual during a rebellion against tyranny.  In 1934, the violence of prohibition resulted in the first real attack on the Second Amendment, when they decided that machine guns, sawed off shotguns and rifles, and silencers were “not appropriate for civilians“.  They did not prohibit them, just regulated the heck out of them and added a ruinous tax, about half the price of a Model T car for each one transferred.  They wanted to include handguns in the law, but in the end, left them out.  Eventually, this law (NFA) was “gutted” for being unconstitutional.  Not for violating the Second Amendment, oddly enough, but the Fifth Amendment against self incrimination.  Since the weapons specified in the NFA had to be registered, and the act of registering was sometimes admission of a crime, in 1968 a new law was passed which eliminated the need for “registration”.  In fact, there was no longer ANY way to register an unregistered NFA weapon after the effective date of the GCA, making all of them which were not registered by that date, illegal.  The new law, which was approved by the court as being Constitutional, was the requirement for every transfer to go through a special class of dealers, ensuring that the new owner would be known to, and vetted by, the BATFE, the governmental agency tasked with administering federal firearms law.  To eliminate any question of self-incrimination, it was prohibited from using the information from the transfer for any criminal indictment.  With the passage of this law, any NFA weapon found in the possession of any person other than the one it was last transferred to was considered “unregistered” and resulted in $250,000 in fines and 10 years in jail for that person.

So back to the original question.  Again, we need to look at the word, “banned“, being used.  Technically, it means “prohibited, not allowed”.  This would make possession by law abiding, non-crazy people illegal, which would seem to be an easily shown violation of the Second Amendment.  Even if it could get over the hump of apparently violating the Constitution, many of these “assault rifles” are fairly high in price; often over $1000 and sometimes over $2000 or even $3000.  When you add in accessories which would become useless without the rifle, you are talking about a potentially huge hit to a person’s net worth.  Not to mention dealers and manufacturers and accessory makers and importers; an entire industry.  Taking someone’s (previously) legally owned property without just compensation would seem to be yet another Constitutional problem.  A way around this might be to “buy” them, but then you get into a mess with valuation, which is not just market value prior to the new law.  And the potential for fraud would be extreme.  There would be some people who just would not give them up, giving a healthy boost to the percentage of our population who would be criminals.

So it seems that banning assault rifles according to the actual meaning of the word “ban” would cause more problems than it could possibly solve.


So What Other Options are There? 

There actually WAS a federal “ban” implemented.  Of course, it was not REALLY a “ban”, because every existing weapon which fell under the ban could continue to be owned and used and transferred.  The law specified “no more can be made or imported except for use by the government”.  What was the impact?  On use of these weapons in criminal acts, not much, since there were so many of them and they were not used criminally that often.  Because of the complete stop to any more being produced or available, the price went up.  The law had a “sunset” clause in it, and when the specified time period had elapsed (2004), the law was not renewed.

So one option would be a similar law which “grandfathers” in existing “assault rifles”.  This would probably be even less effective than the last one, since the popularity of these rifles has exploded and there would be a huge supply still available.  I’m sure the politicians and those who hate guns (or at least gun ownership; they don’t seem to mind hiring armed guards) will celebrate this “ban” even though once again, they misuse the term and have provided no significant effect on violence.

Another option would be to add “assault rifles” to the NFA list.  I imagine the BATFE would have to get a lot bigger to handle this.  And any minor reduction in violent crime would be wildly overshadowed by the loss of effectiveness of a militia called up without most of the people having any exposure to about the most effective personal weapon.  Also it would be a major shift in the BATFE mission, since currently they administer the NFA law; and a new law covering “assault rifles” would need to be passed and put in their mission.

Controlling People Rather Than Things

Frankly, the “best” option would be to do nothing about “assault rifles”, because despite all the rhetoric, the GUN has nothing to do with these acts of violence.  If we could just look at things clearly, we could see where really effective measures could reduce these horrible acts.  First of all, quit making “gun-free zones” which are highly attractive to psychos because they may be crazy, but they are not stupid enough to ignore that if they have the only gun, they can’t be stopped.  Next, I’d guess at least half these nut-jobs do it for the fame or to “make a statement”, and if it was illegal to publish their name or picture or any information about them except in the most general, non-identifiable and derogatory terms, the number of these incidents would plummet.

But although the guns are “innocent” of these events, gun OWNERS are not without some blame, by leaving guns where psychos can get them or by selling them to those who should not have them.  It is not a huge problem, but it does happen on occasion.  Background checks on commercial sales are fairly useful, and the current methodology is moderately effective.  But it is only as effective as the databases which are used, and these need work.  There are too many cases where people who should be in the database are not, and some cases where people who should not be in the database are (leading to false rejection).  So, “fixing” the databases should be a high priority (this does not mean adding people who are not actually a danger, such as people who have someone else do their income taxes).  There are those who claim that private sales not requiring a background check is a “loophole” to the law.  As usual, these people misuse a term for their own benefit.  A “loophole” is an UNINTENTIONAL misuse of a law.  The exception of background checks on private sales is deliberately allowed in the law, because legal ownership of something includes the ability to sell it when it is no longer wanted or if money is suddenly needed.  It is not currently possible for a private seller to do a background check, and involving a FFL is difficult and often much too expensive.  Also, the checks COULD be used for an underground registration system, and that would be a problem someday (universal registration always has led to confiscation).

That being said, I would support an “instant universal background check” to include private sales IF AND ONLY IF, 1) it could be done by a private individual for free or small fee (preferably usable as a tax credit; we would be doing this for the country, not ourselves), 2) the background check was strictly on the person attempting to buy and had no indication whatsoever what gun was being purchased, 3) that any approved buyers would have their records deleted after 30 days or other reasonable time period, and 4) that any agency which maintained any records after that time period would have every employee of that agency fined, except any employee who reported the transgression would be rewarded.  Any elected official which requested or required the agency do this, would be removed from office.

Alternatively, do away with background checks and issue a “good guy” card to those who undergo a background check, top level safety training and basic firearm operation training.  This should be affordable for all, and would be confiscated if the person was shown to be dangerous.  Then any transfer would require inspection of a current card before proceeding.  Or have both systems, with the background check done for those who don’t have the card and the card used instead of the background check (like a concealed carry permit is today) for those who have it.


Basically gun control has limited effectiveness in reducing violence, because the gun is merely a tool of a violent person.  The only people who are affected by gun control laws, are those who obey the law, and don’t commit acts of violence.  And the effects on those law abiding people can be quite onerous.  Any law passed will only create more victims (who no longer can be armed) and more criminals (formerly law abiding people who rebel against the new law).  When the last gun is removed from civilian hands, violence will not cease; violent people will still have knives and baseball bats and hammers and fists.  And they have ready access to items which can cause much more damage than guns.

Follow The Prepper Journal on Facebook!

The post What is an “Assault Rifle”? appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

Things That Drive Preppers Crazy

Click here to view the original post.

Written by Wild Bill on The Prepper Journal.

Editors Note: This post might be better titled “ramblings from a mind turned to mush by our “information highway”. I had the luck to be on ARPANet before it was opened to the public in the great “explosion” of information (the “dis” being optional but applicable in the too many cases.) As people, and especially as Preppers we make decisions based on the facts we are presented and our interpretation of their accuracy, so this hits us at home every minute of every day.

I still tell a story I heard from a Civics Teacher in High School that goes like this – There was a horse race between a Russian horse and an American horse. The American horse won and the newspaper headline the following day at the New York Post read “American Horse WINS!” Pravda’s headline that same day read “Russian Horse Places Second, American Horse Finishes Next to Last!”  – both are factual, both tell the truth. (The story was told to me with the American newspaper being the New York Times but I just could not bring myself to type that. It was awhile ago, when reporting the news was their agenda and the means by which they promoted their circulation.)

I am sure you have also all read or been told the theorem that if you put enough monkeys at enough keyboards eventually they will turn out the….Bible, or The Works of Shakespeare, or some other great historical accomplishment. I contend that the “internet, information highway” has disproved that theory.

My notes on what to point out, just the notes, are about to exceed 2,000 words so I will just put a couple in here and save the others for another day.

My Top Two: The Media and History

The Media, the Fourth Estate.

“It used to be that the media was called “the Fourth Estate” to accentuate the freedom of the press, not to be confused with the term “fourth branch” which proposes that they are not free from the government. The press is called the fourth estate in the United States usually because they observe the political process.” No longer, they are the political process, I believe they own the DNC as opposed to the other way around, but that may be the mush I alluded to earlier.

I know I am speaking to a lot of like minded people on this matter and won’t bore you reaffirming things we all know about the quality, or rather, the utter lack of journalistic integrity in America from the Fourth Estate. What you may or may not know is that it singularly poisons the world. I make no secret that I have traveled the world, been to every US state but one (Iowa), have been to 6 continents (I can see penguins in zoos), dipped my toes in the five major Oceans (though they are really just one), been to 7 Muslim ruled countries and on and on AND their news sources about America, and Americans, are AP (Associated Press) and all the alphabets – CNN, ABC, NBC, CBS, MSNBC and on and on as well a Reuters and all the others services.

Fox News and Breitbart and Drudge might as well not exist as they don’t really outside of North America and that isn’t 100% bad, I will expand on that in a little while. And yes, I know about Fox News Europe, and Breitbart Europe, but their market penetration in those markets is very low.

The media is a business and it sells content, period. It is just another channel on the TV or the internet trying to garner viewers to get improved Google Analytics to be used to sell advertising. Anyone who thinks that the Fourth Estate in America is doing it for any other reason is a candidate for, well, you fill in that sentence. Their are journalists with integrity, and a passion for what they do, I am sure, but if you want to succeed, you are an employee of the corporation and instructions come from the top like everywhere else. And there are shows hosted by people who care here and there, but it is still all show business and all about capturing advertising dollars. Am I cynical? Most likely but only from years of the droning, mock debates and the news outlets spinning news stories out of every current and over-the-hill celebrity’s tweets. Since I don’t spend a lot of time on the alphabets I will use Fox News and Breitbart as examples for this.

Any celebrity of any status in any industry is given the stage by them, their national pulpit as long as they can be quoted saying something that will infuriate their base, as determined by the Google Analytics they track and use as a determining factor in the generation of their SEO – Search Engine Optimization:


  1. the process of maximizing the number of visitors to a particular website by ensuring that the site appears high on the list of results returned by a search engine.
    “the key to getting more traffic lies in integrating content with search engine optimization and social media marketing”

This is taught at the college level, degrees in SEO are available from major universities across the country. In fairness I have taken college level courses in it to bolster my market penetration to reach more people. It is a normal business practice of all media outlets to have producers write incendiary comments on their posts on social media just to increase the number or responses they get as this too is a Google Analytics measure of success. When you see a post about say a successful NASA launch you can bet the comments on the post that go right to politics and attacks on politicians and have no relation to the subject matter are that producer looking to increase the number of replies to show that their content brought value to the business. It IS that crazy. It is spin in my opinion.


Fox News just today put out posts from members of the ensemble casts of the TV shows Grey’s Anatomy and The Big Bang Theory as “news” because they sent out tweets against the NRA and against Conservative reporters in this weekends trending analysis. THIS is what is being spun as “news” and promoted as a “fair and balanced” alternative to the lock-step mindset of the mainstream’s slighted view. Just how does one fathom this as news in the first place, and, as an American, how does one defend this as the historians of our age, because that is how our history will be recorded. And to that point, I’ll go a little deeper.

When I was an avid skier I subscribed to the big industry magazines – Skiing, Downhill, Ski and on and on and like all sports they put out their “annual review of what’s new” for the coming season. For skiing this was an August release. None of the products reviewed were ever given any criticism as the advertising for that issue of the magazine and other issues as well, was from these same manufactures. The beginnings of my skepticism (Yes, I can be a slow learner.)

I could go on and on about this as I am sure we all could. My hope is that we never take things at face value, that we do our own due diligence, that we question even when we see something that “exactly” expresses what we were thinking. The enemy of my enemy is NOT necessarily my friend. Be open, but never accepting without your own due diligence.

History: What is No Longer Taught

I asked the question of a learned friend last week “Just how does one learn from the past when they are never taught the past?” The measure of an education after all is that you acquire some idea of the extent of your ignorance. By this measure our education system is excellent.

The teaching of History at every level of the American Education System now leaves a lot to be desired. I apologize to that singular history teacher that is out there a voice in the wilderness, they do exist and we should exalt those that do and try. When my two children were in high school “history” was the assistant football coach showing PBS reenactment movies of historical events and people. I almost got arrested for my reaction to this, more correctly my reaction to the stonewalling and apathy I got when I tried to change this. I lobbied in vain through the PTA and directly to the district. At the time I was a single father with two kids in high school and did not have the financial means to put them in private school, but had the sense to know when they were being severely limited in their ability to compete for college with peers who were receiving a well rounded education. In hind sight at least there weren’t taught from the viewpoint that our founding fathers were rich white elitist slave-owning murderers, that came after.

Today I come across people almost daily who look at me like “who?” when I mention some historical figure and then they go right to their smart phones and Google the information, getting those same impeachable media sources I ranted about above. My laptop has the words “Who is John Galt?” on it’s top and whenever I bring it to a meeting I can see the strangers in the room googling John Galt.

I was a scientist, I have the periodic table app on my iPad called “The Elements” which was done by Theodore Gray. The graphics are amazing. Click on “U Uranium 92” and arrow to the description and here is the first sentence “It is impossible to discuss uranium without acknowledging that the first atomic weapon used in anger was a uranium fission bomb, built in secret lab deep in the deserts of New Mexico and detonated over the unsuspecting city of Hiroshima on the Honshu island of Japan.”  While it certainly is possible to discuss this element, in the same context as all the others are discussed as opposed to the author’s revisionist view of historical events, it is of interest that there are blatant errors in this first sentence alone – there was a warning, it was ignored by the Imperial Japanese Command, just when was the first atomic weapon NOT used in anger used, Los Alamos is on a mountain top in north west New Mexico, I have property near there. BTW it has one of the most interesting interactive museums you will ever visit in the town itself. I have skied Pajarito Ski Area while visiting, it is managed by the labs, both my late wife and I did business with the labs which are still owned by the University of California. And following the first sentence you get 7 more paragraphs so laced with opinion and incorrect “facts” that no one could really learn much from this other than mankind is evil. This is just one obscure writing in a iPad app that probably isn’t on a lot of devices. But it is published as the truth. I almost suspect I will find Bitcoin mentioned in the description on Au Gold 79.

We have all seen example of how revisionist history is being taught, I can only imagine what it must be like to have kids in school today and seeing what they are taught, what homework assignments they are bringing home. Weekly we can read about yet another classic piece of literature “being dropped because it is offensive or non-inclusive.” Again, I don’t want this to be an indictment of teachers as there are great ones out there.

In my opinion the REAL power in America is wielded by educators. Period. They create and control everything your child sees, hears and reads in school and are only aided by the Fourth Estate which controls everything else they see, hear or read. Parents have been reduced to the lone voice in the wilderness. Once they enter the education system the education system gets the majority of their waking hours. In order to compete they must conform. If they question they may be subjected to ridicule, or worse. Most major school districts have an almost 1:1 ratio of administrator to classroom teacher.

My point is again, “Just how does one learn from the past when they are never taught the past?”

Sometime my rants run away with me….I look forward to your comments.

Follow The Prepper Journal on Facebook!






The post Things That Drive Preppers Crazy appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

Making Medical Preparations

Click here to view the original post.

Written by Guest Contributor on The Prepper Journal.

Editors Note: A guest submission from Red J to The Prepper Journal. As always, if you have information for Preppers that you would like to share and possibly receive a $25 cash award as well as being entered into the Prepper Writing Contest AND have a chance to win one of three Amazon Gift Cards  with the top prize being a $300 card to purchase your own prepping supplies, then enter today!

An Additional Editor’s Note: I need to point out that this is good information and that it should be read and considered from your own point of view and that is why I have decided to publish this guests post. As it pertains to methods of stocking up on prescription medications there are some legitimate issues you must consider. As presented your interactions with your medical professionals are between you and them. Most insurance companies will not authorize prescriptions for more than 30-days. Shopping alternative pharmacies is a practice oft used in the illicit drug trade and EXTREME caution is recommended here as this may indeed get you on a list you never, ever want to be on. Some meds HAVE TO BE REPORTED at the time of sale and this is built into the software that runs a pharmacy. They will ask for a valid ID and submit it to their systems. This is a touchy subject as human weakness and human greed and government control all come together to possibly produce the worst of all outcomes. TPJ

Like many middle-aged Americans, I have a number of health conditions and rely on the medical system to manage my health concerns.  So I am very concerned about making medical preps.  I expect that many people’s health will get worse in an extended grid-down situation.  Stress on everyone will be extremely high.  A nutritious diet and sufficient sleep may not be consistently available.  Such living conditions will make people more susceptible to common ailments such as cold, flu; offers help for colds, flu, and a broken ankle.

Others will be more vulnerable and possibly life-threatening.  Imagine a COPD patient without her oxygen pump or a diabetic patient without his diabetic medicine, or someone with chronic pain who no longer has access to pain medicines.  Untreated high blood pressure will damage a person’s arteries, leading to buildup of plague, reducing blood flow and eventually heart attack, heart failure, or stroke.

Does anyone in your family or prepping group take medicine for arthritis, thyroid, high cholesterol, high triglycerides, heartburn or acid reflux, asthma, diabetes, depression and/or anxiety?  These are some of the most common American health issues.

This article will help you and your household or group make medical preps.

Stock up on OTC Products for Your Specific Conditions

I’m not going to recommend first aid items to stock because they can be found in and

These are somethings to stock for muscular pain or fibromyalgia – handheld massager, capzasin gel, salonpas patches, lidocaine patches, Stopain, Biofreeze.  Potassium tablets can also reduce muscular soreness.  A hot bath with Epsom Salt can also reduce muscular pain.  My pharmacist told me that Vitamin B-12 that’s dissolved under the tongue, can reduce nerve pain; it must be the kind dissolved under the tongue (sublinqual) and not swallowed.  An electric handheld massager can also help reduce muscle soreness; see below on how to prepare to use it after a grid-down disaster.

If you have diabetes, do you have an extra blood sugar monitor, spare battery, test strips, and alcohol swabs?

Will anyone in your family or group need a cane, crutches, walker, or wheelchair in the future?

How to Stock Extra Prescription Medicines

One way to stock up on your prescription medicines is to call in refills 4-5 days early.  Do this every month for 6-7 months, and you will have one extra month’s supply of your medicine.  I’ve been told that one can also do this with mail order prescriptions.  Exaggerating your symptoms may also get your doctor to prescribe a larger dose (or a battery of new and expensive tests). This ma result in allowing you to store the difference in doses.

Another way is to consider reducing your dose 1-3 days per week, and storing the difference.

Another way to stock up is to ask your doctor or PA (Physician’s Assistant).  Explain to him/her why you believe things will get very bad.  Depending on his/her response, ask if s/he would consider prescribing a larger dose.  Wait to do this until you have been seeing your doctor regularly for at least a year, to establish a trusting relationship.  Do not ask for extra opioids because of widespread concern about opioid abuse and addiction, and U.S. states are passing new laws making it harder for doctors to prescribe opioids.  As a patient, recognize that when you ask your doctor for extra medicine, you may actually be asking him/her to accept additional risk to his/her ability to continue practicing medicine.  So be discerning in what you request. There is a possibility he or she may have some pharmaceutical samples that they can dispense.

When I first considered asking my doctor for extra med, I was skeptical about ever finding a doctor who would agree to that.  So I didn’t ask for several years.  Then one day, I remembered that a doctor or PA is bound by doctor-patient confidentiality; so asking would not blow my OPSEC (operational security).  I thought the worst my PA could do was say no; what did I have to lose?  So I explained my reasons for believing things will get bad. My PA responded in an understanding manner and then asked me what I wanted, to my surprise.  Now I didn’t want to take advantage of his willingness to do so (and by that time, I had a good supply of most of my prescriptions); so I asked only for an extra dose of my diabetic medicine.

If your doctor agrees to this, I recommend going to a different pharmacy, one that does not have your insurance info in their system, and I would not give them your insurance info, as your insurance company will not approve a second dose and likely identify you as a possible unethical user (since those who abuse or sell their prescriptions often use more than one pharmacy.)

As you stock up on your prescription medications, keep them in a secure, discreet place in your home.  Do not tell friends that you have them or where they are.  If word gets out that you have a supply of prescription meds in your home, drug thieves may target your home.  A US military study showed that medications in pill form will last 15 years. (This is very general – as a lot of meds may require refrigeration or do have short potency life spans.) A medicine in capsule form will last 1-2 years, and liquid meds a year or less. You will want to keep some in your bugout bag and get home bag, rotating them periodically.

How to Power Electric Medical Equipment in a Grid-down Situation

Do you use a CPAP for sleep apnea?  Does someone in your group use a heating pad for arthritis or sore mucles?  Does anyone use a TENS unit or muscle stimulation unit for chronic pain?  Does a family member use an oxygen pump for a breathing ailment?  Does a disabled person use an electric scooter?

If electric medical equipment are to be used in an extended grid-down situation, plans must be made for an alternative power supply.  Options include wind power and water power, although most preppers choose a solar system. describes a solar power system that can be used to power electric medical equipment. describes a solar power system that can be used to power electric medical equipment. offers guidance on setting up a solar system, a backup generator, and a supply of batteries.  You can also find portable solar battery rechargers on amazon. is a review of a small portable solar system.  Look at your current and future needs for electrical power, and consider options before choosing one.

Physical Things You Can Do

When my PA recommended exercise a couple years ago, I chose to join a local gym and go 3 times a week.  I needed cardio exercise for my heart, exercises to strengthen my low back and core muscles, and weights to add some upper body strength.  Regular exercise has increased my energy, endurance, and strength. It has also improved my memory and quality of sleep.  I feel years younger.  My low back and hip problems meant I could not jog outdoors, but using an elliptical, step machine or stationary bike are low-impact cardio workouts.  Once I got past some initial muscle soreness (my PA recommended bananas and/or a potassium supplement), exercise makes me feel years younger.  To limit possible soreness when you begin exercising, ease into it; stop before you feel worn out.  Regular exercise can help you improve your health and prepare physically for the stresses of a disaster.

Exercise can reduce your chronic pain because exercise releases endorphins in your body that act as natural pain relievers.  If you suffer from low back pain, do some exercises to strengthen your low back and front core muscles; this will reduce your back pain by letting your muscles take some pressure off your spine.  I have found this to be true for my low back pain.

It is possible learn to do spinal adjustments on your own back, which will be important for those of us with spinal issues.  Here are some resources that show you how.

As you make your medical preparations, consider the medical needs of your household or group.  What do you need now and in the next 3-5 years?  Customize your medical preps for you and those closest to you.  Hard times are coming.  Will you and your family or group be medically ready?

If you reply with a question, I will try to help, and maybe others can help too.

Follow The Prepper Journal on Facebook!

The post Making Medical Preparations appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

Homes For Heroes Is Tackling America’s Veteran Housing Issues

Click here to view the original post.

Written by Wild Bill on The Prepper Journal.

Editors Note: A guest post from Chrissy McDonald to The Prepper Journal. Published under my name because I am adding my 2 cents at the end. As always, if you have information for Preppers that you would like to share and possibly receive a $25 cash award as well as be entered into the Prepper Writing Contest with a chance to win one of three Amazon Gift Cards  with the top prize being a $300 card to purchase your own prepping supplies, enter today!

A note about our author in her words: “This is personal to me because my grandfather, father, two uncles, and three brothers have all served in the military with many relatives going in to law enforcement or becoming firefighters.”

Between 2016 and 2017, the number of homeless veterans increased by 1.5 percent. This means that our military men and women who put their lives on the line to protect and serve America now make up approximately nine percent of the homeless in our streets. This matched the rise in overall numbers living without a home. For the men and women that we consider our heroes, it seems like they are facing an increasingly harsh reality when they return home from serving. In June, 2017 the government announced plans to halt one of the country’s major homelessness programs aimed at veterans, and faced a major outcry from politicians and civilians alike.

In the face of increasing hardship for our heroes, there has been an organisation that has rapidly become a household name and trusted resource for our military men and women. Homes for Heroes has quickly risen to become one of the nation’s fastest growing charities, and a highly rated one as well. Launched after the 9/11 attacks, the national non-profit has expanded to 49 states across America and has shown its support for veterans in a number of ways. Here are some of the ways the organisation is helping to combat veterans homelessness.

Building Homes for Heroes

Homes for Heroes has announced its goal for 2018: to gift a home every 11 days. Its longer term goal is to house 200 veterans with homes by 2020. Judging by the past two years, it is certainly on its way to achieving that goal. For the past two years, Homes For Heroes has provided 57 homes to injured veterans and their families.

The Foundation

Through the organisation’s foundation and support of programs like the AREAA Housing Assistance Program, Homes for Heroes has granted over $400,000 to deserving veterans and their families. In December 2017, Homes for Heroes also donated $5,000 to the AREAA Education Foundation that will go towards helping veterans with housing repairs, amendments and any down payment assistance. The program has been praised by many including Illinois senator Tammy Duckworth who stated, “Your efforts and generosity, not only benefit the men and women who have served our country, but you are an example of leadership for the next generation of Americans”. The organisation also supports and promotes self sufficiency for those injured veterans readjusting to their life changing injuries and life after serving.

The collaboration with local businesses and other non profits continue to be seen with corporate organisations Chase and Madza joining forces with Building Homes for Heroes in September to assist three veterans during Military Appreciation Day. Two of the families were awarded new Mazda vehicles and allowed to choose a car of their choice. 

Hero Rewards

As of 2017, the Homes for Heroes network has grown to include over 2,200 affiliates across 49 states. Since its launch over 10, 000 heroes have been helped with reduced fees and red tapes when purchasing a home through the Hero Rewards Program. The 25 percent reduction in fees and donations from clients are funneled into the Foundation, essentially helping more heroes in need.

Homes for Heroes continues to find new ways to say ‘thank you’ to the men and women who serve the country during its time of need in Iraq and Afghanistan. The organisation is proud to have achieved its goal of one home every ten days in 2017 and 93 percent of its income goes directly to its causes.

Editor’s note: How does this help Preppers? Well, while it still doesn’t answer the open question of “just how do you REALLY make arrows off the grid” it is along a subject line that permeates our current news. And the comments following are from some research and seeking to know exactly what the business model is behind this enterprise because we, as Preppers, respect our veterans, a lot of us are veterans, and want to see them given a helping hand when needed.

Be clear, realtors view this as a for-profit business. That is an opinion that is prevalent on the web site Active Rain which is a real estate blog. I don’t buy it but leave it up to you to research. CharityNavigator states the following:

“Building Homes for Heroes has received a perfect 4-star rating from CharityNavigator, the nation’s largest charity evaluator and independent watchdog for nonprofit organizations. Building Homes for Heroes was also awarded a perfect score of 100 in the category of Accountability and Transparency.” – Wikipedia defines this group as “An American independent charity watchdog organization that evaluates charitable organizations in the United States.Wikipedia”. It is a 501(c)(3) business headquartered in Glen Rock, NJ.


So is it or isn’t it a charity? The affiliates are real estate agents who have signed up for the program as a promotional advertising method. They agree to provide a 25% discount on all transactions associated with the home sale to Homes for Heroes in exchange for using their branding and advertising. This is what they are in most states, from their website “Hero Rewards offers are limited and/or restricted in Alaska, Kansas, Louisiana, and Mississippi.” I believe this to be more a matter of state regulations on real estates transactions, for example Texas allows agents to reassign commissions as they deem fit. 

From Active Rain: Where do they make money? They charge the “affiliates” $120 a month. Yes, that’s $120 a month, just to be called an affiliate. That gets you NOTHING! Let me also explain that Homes for Heroes will remind you over and over that they are not a lead generating company. That further means that you could be paying that $120 a month each and every month throughout the year, and never get a Hero referred to you. This is simply the reality of the business. They are straight forward about what they do and are providing a service to Veterans, but like every other prepper, I like to look under the hood and kick the tires. So just another consideration when you might be transacting real estate.

I will go one step further on the vein, I am currently trying to sell a home and was not aware of this organization. I have opted for a flat-fee realtor to represent me and it is working just fine…so far. The business model of giving away 6+% of your home value (3% on each side of the transaction) is really an amazing thing. Does the documentation change in difficulty on a real estate sale of a home priced at $122,500 vs one priced at $855,490? Maybe the extra ink to print numbers with a larger footprint, but toner and ink prices aren’t that high.

My realtor recommended not putting a restriction on “the going rate” in my listing for the buyers agent because “most agents will pass on showing your home unless they get the full commission, their brokers insist upon it.” I see it as a selling point if I am a buyer as I can tell the seller the agents fee for both ends of the transaction are $6,000, total, as opposed to 6% of say $300,000. Keeping $12,000 of what was your money in the first place is NOT a bad thing. This model is catching on so look for the large brokerages to start copying the DNC on negative information generation. I will shut up now as I wait to see if the buyer on my house, sold in one day, really thinks I am going to pay for a whole new roof for THEM to live under. I admit that I did not budget that into my pricing.

Follow The Prepper Journal on Facebook!

The post Homes For Heroes Is Tackling America’s Veteran Housing Issues appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

When Is Solar a Good Investment?

Click here to view the original post.

Written by Guest Contributor on The Prepper Journal.

We have all heard the “mantra” – “Solar power is the future” …“Solar power is the renewable energy source of tomorrow”….“Solar power will save you huge amounts of money on your electric bill.”

These are all familiar phrases and true for the most part, and as preppers we know that solar is a great help on many devices that can actually operate “off the grid”. And there are more devices coming out everyday that have solar as an option, along with old-fashioned hand cranks and, of course, rechargeable batteries that can be recharged through the included solar cells and, as a last resort, regular batteries as a limited-life back-up.

What you need to do when considering solar on a larger scale is to look at it as you would any investment. Like any investment, there are key factors which determine whether or not it is wise for a homeowner.

Can solar power save you big money? Absolutely, it can. Is renewable energy the wave of the future? I hope so. But is solar power right for you and your current situation? That can be determined through four key factors.

What Local Incentives are Available to You?

While solar energy companies report that it is being supported at the different levels of government “because of its environmental benefits”, the reality is that the support reduces their infrastructure investments to provide for their growing population, thus saving them money. While the results are the same, we here at The Prepper Journal like to keep the story straight. That said there are certainly those who are convinced it is only for the good of the planet. A win-win if it makes sense for the individual.

Many states offer incentives to homeowners willing to make the investment. Some states offer huge tax credits which partially offset the cost, while others allow you to sell excess power back the utility companies.

Before you decide whether solar power is right for you, it’s important to look at what your home state is offering as it varies from state and there are even some local government and utility company incentives as well. California, for example, which sees an abundance of sunshine, claims to have excellent incentives on the one hand, while their state legislature mandates changes, taxes and penalties to drive the use of solar power to be as regulated and controlled as everything else in its boundaries. Moderation only works in moderation.

Arizona, another place with endless sunshine allows homeowners to lease solar systems and, when the home is sold, gives the new owner the right to take over the lease at the current monthly payment, with a lot of prerequisites. Run from these deals. Leasing solar panels is more a business for investors to get a greater return on their investment dollars than spreading solar as an energy alternative. While it can support the latter claim, the rules for breaking a lease are mostly draconian and leaves you with additional costs when you sell, buy the home or replace the underlying roof. Don’t take any shortcuts in your due diligence here.  Florida homeowners receive a variety of special considerations when switching to solar, according to Residential Solar 101, Florida residents see:

  1.  Net Metering – A process in which a homeowner can sell unused power back to the grid in the form of credits, which they can call upon when needed in lieu of purchasing more power from the utility companies
  2. PACE Financing – This rolls the cost of a solar system installation into the home owner’s property taxes, allowing them to pay by installment over a period of 20 years.

When determining whether or not solar is a positive investment for you, make sure you check what your home state has to offer, as well as any local governments and the power company servicing the area. 

What are the Properties of Your Roof?

The make up of your home’s roof plays a key role in your ability to successfully install solar panels. The roof is the most ideal location for a solar system, but not all roofs are created equal. And there are alternatives to using the roof as you have seen before. No matter as the considerations should be used in any buy decision.


When you’re considering an investment in solar, there are a few roof related questions that you need to ask yourself.

  1. How old is the roof? – Make sure that the roof is in good condition. According to Solar-To-The-People the roof does not have to be brand new, but you should be comfortable with its durability. If you’re looking to replace your roof within the next five years, then solar will have to wait
  2. What is the roof’s orientation? – In a perfect scenario in the USA, the roof would be south-facing, though western and eastern exposure are also fine. Again Solar-To-The-People also recommends a 30-degree angle for prime ability to capture the sun’s rays, but anything from zero to 45 degrees is acceptable.

Is Your Property Shaded?

While a nice shady spot might be lovely on a hot summer’s day, shade is the truest enemy of solar power. According to, even a small patch of shade can throw off the efficiency of the entire system.

When shade is cast on even one panel, the system’s output is drastically thrown off. Power cannot flow into a panel that is being blocked by the shadow. A little shade is not a huge problem. Typically, installers can work around tiny patches of darkness. But when a majority of your roof is cast in the dark, your ability to maintain efficient levels of solar power diminishes.

When the home is using more power than the system can handle, electricity is pulled from the power grid. Most solar systems have to pull from the grid, at least a little bit. But when shadows block out a fair percentage of your system for a large chunk of the day, the savings ordinarily enjoyed by solar users dry up.

What Are Your Electric Rates?

It’s important to determine what you’re paying in energy costs to figure out how much you stand to save with solar. The national average cost of electricity is $0.12 per kilowatt hour (kW/h), according to NPR.

While that might be the average, the actual cost varies from state to state. Hawaii sees the nation’s largest cost at $0.33 per kW/h, while on the other side of the coin, Idaho is the cheapest state to power, charging only $0.08 per kW/h.

Now, if an average 250-Watt solar panel produces 30 kW/h per month, and you have 25 panels on your home, let’s see what those savings would look like. We’re going to assume these homes use the national average kW/h consumption of 897 kW/h.

State Cost Per kW/h Total kW/h Cost Pre-Solar Cost w/ Solar Savings
Hawaii $0.33 897 $296.01 $48.51 $247.50
Idaho $0.08 897 $71.76 $11.76 $59.97

As you can see, the Hawaiian home stands to save exponentially more, thus paying off the initial investment of their solar system installation much faster than the home in Idaho, with the same set-up. PowerScout has a much more thorough write up on Solar Panel Costs (if you’re interested in diving into it more.)

In 2018, most American homeowners are paying between $2.87 and $3.85 per watt to install solar, and the average gross cost of solar panels before tax credits is $16,800. Using the U.S. average for system size at 5 kW (5000 watts), solar panel cost will range from $10,045 to $13,475 (after tax credits). Using the graft above the savings in Hawaii will pay for the panels in 3-5 years, while the savings in Idaho will pay for the panels in 13 to 19 years.

Do Your Research

In conclusion, while solar can have fantastic benefits, both financially and environmentally, it takes a good deal of research to determine whether or not this is a wise move for you. Once you have all the information sitting in front of you, it will become clear whether or not now is the right time to invest in solar.

Follow The Prepper Journal on Facebook!

The post When Is Solar a Good Investment? appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

Is Bitcoin, or any Cryptocurreny for Preppers?

Click here to view the original post.

Written by Guest Contributor on The Prepper Journal.

Editors Note: Another guest contribution from Jim Watson to The Prepper Journal. The article contains the opinions of the author unedited. As always, if you have information for Preppers that you would like to share and possibly receive a $25 cash award as well as be entered into the Prepper Writing Contest with a chance to win one of three Amazon Gift Cards  with the top prize being a $300 card to purchase your own prepping supplies, enter today.

In recent months, one of the biggest news stories that has been sweeping the nation is the rising value of a “cryptocurrency” known as Bitcoin.  (Note: While Bitcoin, introduced in 2009 was the first, there are now more than 45 others listed by Wikipedia and literately a thousand or more others.) People who invested in Bitcoin early are now earning thousands of times what they invested in the system, even if they only began a few months ago.  It appears as though Bitcoin is gaining traction in the world of finance, as banks and other financial institutions are rumored to be investing in the cryptocurrency marketplace as Bitcoin grows in popularity.

Is Bitcoin something for Preppers to consider?  Perhaps.  Each person will have to make their own decisions about investment, and that’s certainly what Bitcoin is, but for all of it’s non-traditional and “get rich quick” appeal, the idea of cryptocurrency has some very appealing aspects for preppers.  It is not government controlled, it has a history of maintaining and growing it’s value, and it may signal a major shift in how money works.

What is Bitcoin?

If the concept of cryptocurrency seems foreign to you, then you’re not alone.  While Bitcoin technically was invented almost ten years ago, it’s not until recently that the majority of people started hearing about it.

Bitcoin was invented as an alternative to government issued money – a true “peer-to-peer” transaction with no involved third party.  Your paper money, and whatever you have stored in the bank, is obviously government issued, but it’s something that only has value so long as your home country is a trusted, respected, and a financially viable nation.  Take a look at your old American History textbooks, and you’ll note a large number of financial catastrophes related to currency losing value during the fall of the Confederacy and during the period of the Articles of Confederation.  Money that was issued by failing governments lost all value, and lost it quickly, leaving those in possession of it with nothing.

Bitcoin, on the other hand, is specifically designed as a non-government controlled currency, never to be issued in physical form, that can ideally be used to pay for any online transactions.  In that way, even if your country’s government fails, if you have Bitcoin, you can still redeem it for goods and services, assuming that Bitcoin itself holds any value.  It is, at the time of this writing, very easy to exchange Bitcoins for quite a bit of money, as there are a lot of people willing to purchase them.  Online merchants have not gotten entirely on board with Bitcoin yet, although many have dabbled in accepting direct Bitcoin transactions, and more will likely accept Bitcoin as a form of payment as it becomes more requested.

That said, because Bitcoin is fairly new, quite misunderstood, and on the verge of being a fad, there is little price stabilization in the market for this new currency.  You could purchase Bitcoins for multiple thousands of dollars today just to wake up tomorrow and find that it’s worth nothing, or worth millions of dollars.

Preppers have traditionally invested in silver and gold as ways of diversifying their investments, and certainly, in an SHTF situation, it will certainly be better to have the physical assets that these precious metals have rather than a digital currency we may have no access to.  In almost all circumstances, however, the investment in Gold and Silver is about diversifying your assets, and Bitcoin is certainly another option for diversification, particularly if you think that digital is going to be the future.

How to Earn Bitcoins

It’s certainly possible to purchase Bitcoins from currency exchange markets if you want to invest money in the coin, however, it’s probably not the most cost-effective way to purchase an investment in Bitcoin.  With prices in the multiple thousand dollars for a single coin, it’s difficult to justify the price.

What makes Bitcoin perhaps most interesting is that you don’t need to invest anything in the market to begin to build your Bitcoin bank account.  All cryptocurrency can be “mined” using simple software programs on any computer or device (even your smartphone can run a mining program if you want).  The concept of mining is far too expansive to cover in the context of a single article, as books have been written on the subject, but suffice it to say, that what you’re doing is directing your computer’s processing power into solving vastly complex math questions. The purpose of doing this allows Bitcoin transactions to be verified by everyone who is mining the data, and in return for the service of verifying transactions, you can earn a small fraction of the coin that can be delivered to your own wallet.  In other words, for the computing resources you’re devoting to secure the transactions of others, you get a small amount of your own coin.

Is it too late?

Has the bubble burst on Bitcoin?  Perhaps.  On December 8th, 2017 one Bitcoin was worth more than $18,000, a far cry from the $800 it was worth in just January of this year, or the $.0003 it was worth shortly after its inception.  The volatility in pricing has caused a few online merchants to stop accepting Bitcoin, although this may simply be temporary.

However, as Bitcoin gains popularity, it becomes less and less viable for common users to begin mining Bitcoins, because the sheer volume of people maintaining the network has increased.  It is now nearly impossible for a solo-user to mine Bitcoin successfully because it requires so much processing power, and because companies in other countries, particularly China, have almost monopolized what it’s possible to mine.  It’s estimated that if you purchase a $2,000 computer specifically for the purpose of mining bitcoins, you can make only earn .12 Bitcoins per month, running that computer 24 hours per day.  As more users begin to mine, that figure will decrease.

After considering all resources, including electricity, hardware, software and transaction fees, mining Bitcoin might not be a good first starting place.  It is possible, however, to mine other cryptocoins – the fewer miners a cryptocurrency has, the more coins you can earn with limited processing power – and there may be some value in other coin.  Because of the wild price swings in the Bitcoin market, many users are con other already existing “Altcoins” and new currencies that have new security features.  Litecoin, for example, is worth $145 at the time of this writing, and Ethereum is worth $464.

If cryptocurrency is something you think you want to explore, make sure to do a lot of research.  Purchasing and using a cryptocurrency mining computer is a big decision, and one that should not be taken lightly.


Preparedness is about being ready for anything, even if that “everything” is something like a national or global shift to a new type of currency.  If this happens, your American dollars might be completely worthless, with little to no warning about the impending change.  As written just after the Civil War, the exchange rate of Confederate to Union money was “Early 1863, 4 [Confederate dollars] to 1 US Dollar.  After Chancellorsville, 6 to 1.  A week after Gettysburg 10 to 1.  December 1864, 30 to 1.  January, 1 1865, 60 to 1.  A week later 70 to 1.  After that, no one interested.”

Can you imagine having nobody interested in accepting your money?  I can, so I’m starting to invest very lightly in some cryptocurrency, just to be prepared.

Follow The Prepper Journal on Facebook!

The post Is Bitcoin, or any Cryptocurreny for Preppers? appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

Mom Will Be Busy Tomorrow

Click here to view the original post.

Written by Wild Bill on The Prepper Journal.

While the Holiday is Monday, January 1, 2018, tomorrow, December 31, 2017, the day we don’t post because it is a Sunday, is the day mom wants us to remind you about.

She wants you to remember her good advice of doing all things in moderation. She wants to remind you that Uber and Lyft and even Taxi’s – the vehicles, not the 70’s sitcom – are ALWAYS available if you are still living on the grid. She wants us to drop the snide remark that the average cost of a first DUI can run up to $16,700 when you factor in all costs – insurance increases, lawyers fees, loss of license and vehicle use and on and on, and that is only if you do no harm to yourself or others.

She would beat us if we didn’t say that if you plan to party eat first. If your are short on time a Jamba Juice smoothie will hydrate you and slow the absorption rate of things to come.

She also wants you to know that becoming a 15 minute hero on TheChive, or YouTube will haunt you for life. Employers, colleges, organizations that screen members and a future candidate for a spouse can all find this information, forever. And a current spouse who wants to terminate the relationship can forward these to his or her lawyer, to present when setting alimony schedules, deciding children’s custody arrangements, and dividing up YOUR stuff. Mom’s think of everything.

She also thought about you crossing the path of people who have not heeded their mom’s advice, so she wants you to be defensive, not take risks, leave road-rage for Mario Kart.

She has a whole bunch of other stuff like getting sick THERE and NOT after you come home, but avoiding that in the first place is what will make her smile.

2017 has been a hell of a year for some in Houston and in Florida and at concerts in Las Vegas (I still only hear crickets) and under ruble in Mexico City, but everyone reading this has gotten through that and so much more. Tomorrow is NOT the time to let your guard down.

Always the Prepper she says “enjoy, have fun, see old friends, meet new ones, but your singular mission is to come home safe and to do no harm to others. Many, many good things have happened in 2017 as well and 2018 looks to be a great year to stick around for, so just do it.

We love mom.






The post Mom Will Be Busy Tomorrow appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

How Church Life Will Change in a Post- Apocalyptic World

Click here to view the original post.

Written by Guest Contributor on The Prepper Journal.

Editors Note: Another guest post from Red J to The Prepper Journal. As we mull over our New Years resolutions, this article may give us a few ideas, may set on on a path to thinking of things that will directly effect us that we may not have considered to date. 

I have been a pastor for 20-plus years.  Since I discovered prepping, I have sometimes wondered how life will change for churches and pastors in a post grid-down scenario.  Even if you are not a believer, your community will be affected.  Here are my thoughts on how church life will change.  Most of these ideas will apply to all religious groups in general, not just Christians and churches.

Life in a grid-down situation will become extremely difficult.  Will faith endure when people face incredibly hard decisions?  The closest Biblical parallel is in the prophetic period in the later period of the Old Testament.  Some believers will feel like they’ve been abandoned or punished by God, and/or that God does not love them anymore.  All those unconditional promises by clergy speaking for God, will seem like broken promises.  Some may lose hope and forsake the faith.  There will be questions of sin, God’s punishment, and whether faithful believers can still claim a covenant relationship with God.  Can one still believe and hope in God when the material things have been stripped away?  Can one still hope in God when one sees so much death and devastation?  How can one trust in a God who allows so much pain and suffering?  Church leaders will be severely challenged by such questions and complaints.

The degree to which church leaders adapt to this new way of faith, will determine how effectively they can lead people of faith.  A study of Old Testament prophets could equip one to adapt faster to a similar period; investing in a few books or commentaries would prove helpful.  A study of how the Israelite’s survived the prophetic era, would equip believers in a similar period.  Studying how the Israelite’s survived the exile, could help those who will be uprooted by unforeseen hard times.  Clergy and Bible teachers would be wise to begin studying the prophets and the exile now, so they will be prepared to help believers when times become unimaginably difficult.

One practical change is that people will stop driving to church.  Imagine neighborhood churches in which people walk or bike to a church with others from your neighborhood.  Even if vehicles still function after an EMP, people will probably not use precious fuel to drive 20-40 minutes to church in another community.  That means that local churches will reflect the people in your geographic area.


This may have good and bad consequences.  It will be positive in that seeing your neighbors in church will reinforce your relationships with your neighbors, which may lead to cooperative arrangements and bartering with neighbors you trust.  This will mean that you will get to know some neighbors that you rarely see now.  Perhaps this means letting your neighbor borrow your roster for a few weeks, in exchange for some eggs.  Or your neighbor plowing your large garden, in exchange for part of a hog.  Maybe this means the people on your block getting together for a winter social event in someone’s shed or barn.


However, this may be negative if one has a bad experience with certain neighbors.  For example, let’s say you agree to rototill a garden for a neighbor, in exchange for his cutting firewood for you.  You did your rototilling, but your neighbor has not yet done his part.  Now winter has begun, and your wood supply is growing short.  How will you feel about seeing this neighbor in church?  Or imagine that things have been disappearing in your neighborhood.  No one knows who the thief is, but your neighbors suspect that it’s someone from your neighborhood.  When you go to church, you find yourself wondering if it could be someone in your congregation.

Losing electricity will affect churches whose current pastors commute more than a few miles.  If your pastor drives more than a few miles to your church, he will not likely continue serving your church in a grid-down scenario.  Consider if an elder or person in your neighborhood could step in as the pastor in an emergency.

There will be a large demand for pastoral services like leading worship, teaching Bible studies, pastoral care and counseling.  Remember how church attendance soared in the months after 9-11?  I foresee a similar response to a grid-down scenario.  However, when US dollars have little value, how will pastors and clergy be compensated?  This is no small issue for pastors who have a family to feed.  Back in the 1800s, it was common for pastors on the frontier to be paid in garden produce, eggs, a chicken, part of a hog that was butchered, or venison after a deer was shot. While that will help pastors, it will not likely be sufficient for provide for his family’s needs.  Thus, it would be wise for prepping pastors to learn a couple other skills to help provide for their family.

Look at utilities for church buildings and parsonages.  If your facility depends on natural gas or electricity, you may be wise to make contingency plans.  For example, will your church building and/or parsonage have a wood stove for winter heat?  Are there enough trees and forest in your area to provide wood for everyone who will be cutting it down?  Will an outhouse be built behind your building after a disaster?  Will you have a way to procure drinking water when electrical pumps fail?  These challenges will come up quickly after the grid goes down.  Thus it’s wise to have plans and materials in place now.  If you and your church do not have contingency plans in place, it will take you longer to respond to a radically different way of life after a major disaster.

When times get hard, there may be congregations that don’t meet in a traditional church building.  Some congregations may meet in a shed, barn, picnic shelter at a park, or backyard, especially if a church building is not available.  Another option is for two congregations to share a building.

Can a congregation play a role in forming mutual survival groups?  Some pastors know their members well.  If you’re thinking of asking a member to be part of your group, you may want to ask your pastor for his thoughts on that person.  He may recommend that person positively, or he may suggest being leery of that person.  This is like asking your pastor to be a personal reference.  There may be others in your church that you may want to ask to be a reference.  Discernment is crucial when asking others to become part of your group.  When asking someone for their personal thoughts on another person, assure that person that what s/he says will be kept confidential, and then keep it confidential.

Another issue will be, how will your congregation respond to those asking for food or other assistance?  Such requests will increase after a disaster, and likely increase dramatically.  Do you have a way to separate the legitimate requests from those who simply don’t want to work?  Here’s where a neighborhood church has an advantage.  Chances are, people on your church board will know who in your neighborhood has a genuine need and who has trouble getting out of bed on time or is wasting precious resources on alcoholic indulgences.

If you are a minister, you may want to get some training on caring for trauma survivors or counseling those with PTSD.  It wouldn’t cost much to buy a few books on caring for those with trauma or PTSD.  It may also be wise to be prepared to train members in helping those with trauma or PTSD because there will be many with those issues after a grid failure.  Imagine how your church could be a blessing in your community if you trained a dozen people to help trauma victims in their families or circles of friends.  Such care will help those individuals and families adjust to a different world.  One can also download YouTube videos on helping people with PTSD, as long as one takes precautions to protect your device from an EMP.

In a grid-down scenario, schools will cease functioning, leaving a void for the education of children.  I believe that churches could fill that need, if one is willing to make some plans.  Teachers today relay on the internet and a smartboard for daily lesson plans.  Imagine an elementary school using supplies and methods of a generation or two ago.  That means using chalkboards, textbooks, pencils, and paper tablets.  If your church prepares by buying such materials, it may not be hard to provide math, reading, writing, and U.S. history for kindergarten through 4th grade.  There would be an adjustment period for teachers, students, and parents.  Can a school function without buses, electricity, telephones, or internet access?  Yes, if educators are willing to rely on methods of previous generations.

If you wonder about the education of older children and teens, I believe that they will be needed to help supply water and food for their families, because meeting our basic needs will require much more work and time.  My parents grew up in the days when boys dropped out of school because they were needed on the family farm.  Middle school and high schools will be seen as unnecessary luxuries that only a few can afford.  However, I do see a future for apprentices to learn a skill.  If you’re a hunter, farmer, gardener, blacksmith, or seamstress who can train others in those skills, it could be a way to supplement your income.

Church leaders will be challenged to show that faith, hope, and love can endure unimagined difficulties.  When lifestyles change after a grid-down situation, there will be challenges and opportunities for pastors and churches that are prepared for a different world.  Will your church and your pastor be ready?



The post How Church Life Will Change in a Post- Apocalyptic World appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

Faith in a fun, cynical and faithful way!

Click here to view the original post.

Faith in a fun, cynical and faithful way!

Faith in a fun, cynical and faithful way!
Host: James Walton “I Am Liberty” Audio player below

I believe this time of the year we all move closer to God. Its natural. No matter what the comedians and the movies tell you about religion you have to understand that you have centuries of religious faith built into your DNA. There are very real benefits hidden in the religious texts. Of course, history has left very deep scars thanks to religion as well.

Continue reading Faith in a fun, cynical and faithful way! at Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

We Are Thankful

Click here to view the original post.

Written by Wild Bill on The Prepper Journal.

On this holiday, where we as a people gave our first real thanks, shared our hard obtained bounty with others who shared with us, and saw a future that allowed us to freely prosper and honor our God, The Prepper Journal hopes you are with family and friends, in the warmth of their company, breaking bread in love and friendship as people have since the beginnings of recorded history, be it a feast or a simple meal.


We hope that the true and traditional meaning of this original American holiday, now shared by other countries, will remain your foundation and that you will not be fooled or manipulated by the agenda-driven revisionists who see only dark and gloom in everything they survey. Happy Thanksgiving!

The post We Are Thankful appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

Why not chat?

Click here to view the original post.

Why not chat?

Why not chat?

Finding quality shows to meet the demands of the prepper survival listening audience is no easy task. As producer of Prepper Broadcasting I’ve worked with many podcasters over the last several years. I have had many favorites but on occasion I have to stop and wonder, do I really have favorites? While I no longer do a podcast myself I easily remember the work that it takes to put a 60-minute show together (it’s not as easy as one might think).

Continue reading Why not chat? at Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

The I Am Liberty chatroom takeover!

Click here to view the original post.

The I Am Liberty chatroom takeover!
Host: James Walton “I Am Liberty” Audio player below!

The time has come for the fans of the I AM Liberty to gather their power. You are getting exactly the voice you deserve this week on the show. We will govern our show on Wednesday November 8th on the whims of the chatroom. This week’s show will be all about the organic conversations that crop up in the chatroom.

Continue reading The I Am Liberty chatroom takeover! at Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

The Truth about Bartering Series – Part 3

Click here to view the original post.

Written by Mike Harris on The Prepper Journal.

Editors Note: Another contribution from Mike Harris in his series on bartering for The Prepper JournalThe content is that of the authors. 
Commodities and the Facts about Barter – Preppers you may have it WRONG!

This series is truly centered on the idea of commodities. What they are and how are they actually used. This particular article I believe undoubtedly will be the most controversial piece I have ever written. I have reviewed countless articles on Barter and the ideas portrayed therein are, in my most humble opinion, somewhat ignorant and in some cases negligent. This idea that the mere possession of alcohol, water filters, canned food, candles, firearm related items and first aid products (insert random household/camping item here) will somehow equate to a gold standard currency (i.e. quintessential standard) that will allow the average person the ability to effectively engage in commerce to a standard of livability is ludicrous.  This is a myth that has been passed on from one prepper to another, without even taking a second to look at the facts or the peer research that is out there on this topic.

My goal is not to change anyone’s mind. I’m not even going to make suggestions on what commodities you should be prepping. I simply want to present the facts and evidence that are relevenant to the ideal that we all hold dear and that is “Preparedness”. I want to give you a systematic and fact based lens by which you can judge and discern commodities, or other barter items. Even more importantly I want to show you how you can establish a systematic approach on how to judge a “medium of exchange” in a post-WROL economy. If you haven’t read the first two articles I encourage you to do so as they really lay the foundation on this barter series. The articles can be found here:

The idea that a backpack, cellar, bunker or sunken ship has monetary worth based upon the items it possesses is the fundamental idea of “commodity”. A commodity is anything that holds intrinsic value in of its self and based upon that merit is widely accepted as a “medium of exchange”. Things like gold, silver, jewelry, precious metals/stones, even seashells have historically been considered “commodity money”. Even items like chocolate, cigarettes, and alcohol have been seen as ”commodity money” in many instances. It is important to realize that most of the items I noted in the beginning are not mentioned above. This is based upon a very striking paradigm – just because something is useful doesn’t make it valuable and vise versa. A great example of this is a roll of toilet paper and a 1-ounce silver coin. One is used everyday by millions upon millions of people while the other is not. Yet in a situation where a fiat currency is no longer in play one can be used, as “commodity money” while the other cannot.

Now it’s important to realize what makes currency effective in commerce. What does a reliable currency look like in a Post-WROL world? As mentioned in the last two articles there are three excellent indicators of a strong currency (“medium of exchange”). 1) A strong currency is one that is “widely accepted”. Unlike U.S. currency aka “Fiat Currency” paradigms (Federal Reserve Notes) commodities don’t require government force for them to be “widely accepted”. 2) You want your currency to have “stored value”. At a minimum you want it to have the ability to be left alone for long periods of time and still have the same value years later. With a good strong currency it would actually not be surprising to see it increase in value the longer it sits. 3) A strong currency has a “Unit of Measure”. Meaning there is an accurate and dependable standard by which you can account for its worth (1 oz. gold= $1,282.30 or 77oz. silver or €1086.70). The ability to have a criterion for which you can engage other commodities or currencies whether they are local or international goes to prove its merit not only as commodity but also as a currency.

Now that you have a blue print for what makes a strong reliable currency lets put some common barter items to the test. Lets start off with Medicine; While drugs, antibiotics and other pharmaceutical applications can be super valuable especially to the right person still in of its self doesn’t make it a great barter item.  Medicine is not widely accepted especially here in the US where it is highly subsidized and usually has a very specific clientele base (meaning bilateral trades will be very difficult). It does not have stored value due to its half-life and the fact that it has a set expiration date. Lastly it does not have a strong “Unit of Measure” by which an accurate calculation that can be made of its worth compared to that which would be bartered for it (How many eggs would an 800mg of Motrin be worth?). Next lets look at toilet paper, everyone uses toilet paper. It could be stored for long periods of time and remain relatively the same in quality. However it has absolutely no “Unit of Measure” nor is it widely accepted in the sense of commodity. It’s a luxury item with a relatively low priority in regards to human needs.

This leads us directly into the last thing I want to discuss which is Gresham’s Law. Gresham’s Law is a monetary principle that’s states that “bad money drives out good money”. For example, if there are two forms of commodity money in circulation, which are accepted by law or by perceived value as having a similar face value, the more valuable commodity will disappear from circulation. Gresham’s Law is the economic standard in currency valuation. We have seen this played out historically through the use of debasement. Especially if we look at the coinage act of 1965. Getting the most “bang for your buck” so to speak has been the objective of mankind since the beginning of time (Uses and Abuses of Gresham’s Law in the History of Money by Dr. Robert A. Mundell, 1999 Nobel Laureate). The same is true of bartering, people engaging in commerce will look to trade their lesser valuable commodities and items (alcohol, cigarettes, first aid supplies, jewelry, ammunition, water filters etc.) for the items they need or want.

When we look Bartering, and the concepts of commodities and more importantly economics from a post-WROL lens the most important thing we should do is to be realistic. Realistic about your economic abilities, realistic about the energy you are willing to put into engaging in commerce. Most importantly be realistic about the strength (“Widely Accepted”, “stored value”, “Unit of Measure”) of the commodity or barter items you plan to use when SHTF.



The post The Truth about Bartering Series – Part 3 appeared first on The Prepper Journal.

Prepping should not be 24/7 serious…

Click here to view the original post.

Prepping should not be 24/7 serious… Ray Becker… “The Ray Becker Show” Audio player provided! In the first segment I cover the equities markets, metals, the dollar, Shanghai metal prices, BDI, VIX…All of the Indicators that we’ve been following. I believe that it is critical for us to closely monitor all activity at the beginning … Continue reading Prepping should not be 24/7 serious…

The post Prepping should not be 24/7 serious… appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

To bray and to act no different!

Click here to view the original post.

To bray and to act no different! James Walton “I Am Liberty” Audio player below! I haven’t seen such weakness in a long time. The faces carrying the torches were among the saddest and most predictable creatures I have seen in all of America. The same type that would bray about ISIS but they looked … Continue reading To bray and to act no different!

The post To bray and to act no different! appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Want Information? The Round Table Grand Slam!

Click here to view the original post.

Want Information? The Round Table Grand Slam! Have you ever felt unsure, will it work kind of unsure? You’ve spent a lot of time and preparation putting this one together and the variables that could cause a major malfunction are many. Check the list and recheck, what was missed? When you’re all done you give … Continue reading Want Information? The Round Table Grand Slam!

The post Want Information? The Round Table Grand Slam! appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

The Shocking Lives of ISIS Brides

Click here to view the original post.

by Isabella

Here in the US, many are concerned about the threat of ISIS. We have called for stronger borders, harsher immigration policy and vetting, and supported Trump’s so-called “Muslim ban”, the temporary moratorium on travel from countries who have been known to fund and abed terrorists. And despite the cries of “islamophobia” “xenophobia” and “racism” from the left, millions of Americans voted in Donald Trump in large part for his harsh stand against Islam and his pledge to fight ISIS, at home and abroad.

And we are right to fear ISIS here at home. We have had our fair share of incidents in the US of terrorists that have been inspired by, and sworn allegiance to, ISIS. The Orlando nightclub shooter called 911 during his tragic rampage in which 49 people were killed and 58 injured. As the 911 operator tried to understand what was going on, 29-year-old Omar Mateen identified himself as a “Mujahideen”, “Islamic Soldier”, and “Soldier of God”, and pledged his allegiance to ISIS multiple times.

However, while our fear here at home for ISIS attacks might be valid, it is easy to forget just how much more real the threat of the violent militant islamic group is abroad. As is always the case with Islamic terrorism, the much larger threat exists in the countries they are dominating and terrorizing each day. And not only that, but the individual victims they coerce or enslave to satisfy their sick desires.

I’m talking about the women of ISIS, the often neglected victims of their terror quest across the Middle East. As we shall see, ISIS is not only planning and orchestrating terrorist attacks and brutal domination of several unstable regions in the Middle East, but they also deal in the trade of human flesh: women and girls who are tortured daily by these godless men, and all in the name of Allah.

You often hear it argued that the biggest victims of Islamic terrorism are other Muslims, and it is true that the victims of terror attacks often include those in different sects as the perpetrators. It is certainly true that many of their violence is aimed at other Muslims, but they also aim a great deal of their violence on the women they take into their group as well.

You will hear over and over again that ISIS and terrorism have nothing to do with Islam. That Islam means “peace”, and that the “real” muslims condemn the acts of ISIS. However, despite what moderate Muslims and their leftist defenders try to tell us, ISIS is in fact fundamentally inspired by the Quran and the Islamic sources. They are often referred to as “radical” or “extremist” but in reality, the term “fundamentalist” is far more apt for the brand of Islam that ISIS adheres to.

Islamic apologists and their allies often defend the Quranic views of women, claiming that Muhammad was a champion of women’s rights, and that true Islam and Sharia law treat women very well. Many Muslim women claim that the violent subjugation of women that exists in Islamic majority countries is simply the result of bad interpretations of the Islamic texts, and that Islam is really a religion that regards women as equal.

While it is true that there are moderate Muslims the world over who do not rape, pillage, and kill in the name of Allah, beat their wives, marry children, or punish rape victims, the reality is that the reason Muslims are often the target of Islamic terror attacks is that they are not properly adhering to the teachings of the Prophet of Islam, according to the terrorists. They believe it is their duty to wage war against the “unbelievers and the hypocrites”, meaning, those who do not practice Islam, and those who claim to, but are too liberal in their interpretation of the Islamic teachings.

So just how authentic are the beliefs of ISIS and their treatment of women to the Quranic teachings?

David Wood, an expert on Islam and passionate apologist against its teachings, shares in his video, “Top Ten Quran Verses for Understanding ISIS”, how very much in line with the teachings of Islam the conquest of ISIS is.

Among the ten verses that explain how very fundamental ISIS’ actions are to the Muslim faith, is the verse Sura 4:24, which sets the stage for ISIS’ treatment of women:

“Also (forbidden are) women already married, except those (captives and slaves) whom your right hands possess. Thus has Allah ordained for you.”

While there are certain codes of conduct that would protect the sanctity of marriage in Islam, it is not actually considered adultery to sleep with or take as a wife any woman who you have captured or taken as a slave, regardless of whether or not she is already married. This not only excuses a man from regarding any woman he has captured as another man’s wife, but also directly condones sex slavery.

Radical Muslim feminist Linda Sarsour might spend a suspicious amount of time praising the treatment of women under Sharia law, but a simple examination of some of the key verses pertaining to women in the Quran and Muslim sources depict and attitude toward women that is anything but feminist. Women are clearly seen as property, and ISIS is quite obviously inspired by this.

Speaking of Linda Sarsour, she also gained quite a bit of criticism for her attack of a woman who is a survivor of female genital mutilation, a common practice in Muslim majority countries. Her now famous angry tweet read:


Brigitte Gabriel is an outspoken critic of Islam, and Ayaan Hirsi Ali is a survivor of female genital mutilation, which she experienced in Somalia as a young girl.

Female genital mutilation is a cultural norm in Muslim-majority North African countries, but it has recently been revealed that it is far closer to home than one might think.

One of the biggest reasons Americans oppose mass Muslim immigration, is not Islamophobia or racism, but a fear that these migrants might be unable, and unwilling, to assimilate to our culture as other immigrants have done in the past. And this concern has become a reality in recent months, as we are discovering just how many Muslim girls are being subject to this barbaric practice of genital mutilation here in the US.

The Daily Wire wrote recently that the CDC reports shockingly that as many as 513,000 girls and women, primarily in New York, Washington D.C. and Minneapolis are at risk of being subjected to the practice of genital mutilation or cutting. They report that this is “wholly a result of rapid growth in the number of immigrants from FGM/C-practicing countries living in the United States.” And virtually all of the countries they referred to were Muslim-majority countries.

You might have already heard of the case of the Michigan doctor who is being tried for performing genital mutilation on several girls as young as six years old. Fortunately, despite maniacs like Linda Sarsour physically threatening those who speak out against this disgusting practice, this doctor has been caught and will hopefully be sentenced.

But overseas, ISIS is getting away with much worse.

It is no secret that ISIS has targeted Christian communities for their campaign of violence and terror, and they take women and girls as their booty after killing the men and boys.

In August of 2014, thousands of Yadizi women and girls were taken captive by ISIS in the Sinjar region of Iraq. Survivors recount the brutal murder of their male family members. According to a UN report, ISIS “”gathered all the males older than 10 years of age at the local school, took them outside the village by pick-up trucks, and shot them.” The women and girls met a different fate.

They were loaded up onto trucks like cattle, kept in small holding cells, forced to convert to Islam, violently and repeatedly raped, and sold and traded as slaves. Some were even adorned with price tags and sold in open-air markets, and taken as personal slaves by ISIS fighters.

ISIS, bolstered by their ideological support of this brutal practice, proudly boasted of their acts in this region on their various web outlets including the English website Dabiq. They shamelessly justified the violence as established aspects of Sharia, because they view Yazidis as heretics who should face conversion or die. While many moderate Muslims reject this practice of slavery as abhorrent to Islam, ISIS sternly warns them, “”One should remember that enslaving the families of the kuffar — the infidels — and taking their women as concubines is a firmly established aspect of the Shariah, or Islamic law,” They even now use this terrifying human bounty to lure young men in to join their ranks, promising them “wives” and money.

And they are correct to use Islam to justify this brutal practice, as we have seen; the Quran clearly condones it. Last year, Newsweek reports, they even went as far as to publish a pamphlet on the treatment of female slaves, reassuring their soldiers that it is “it is “permissible” to have sexual intercourse with, beat and trade non-Muslim slaves, including young girls.”

Despite the constant denial from Muslim apologists, Islam does not regard women as equal to men, and in several different ways, blatantly condones this kind of treatment towards them. And not only for sex slaves, but even legitimate wives.

David Wood has an extensive amount of material on this topic as well, including his video “Three Quran Verses Every Woman Should Know”. Perhaps one of the most striking is the verse Quran 2:223, which explains that “Your wives are a tilth for you; so go to your tilth when and how you please”, as well as Quran 4:34, which permits a husband to beat a rebellious wife until she is obedient.

Women, particularly wives and sex slaves, are also not considered to be in charge of their own bodies. Sura 23:5-6 says:

[Most certainly true believers] . . . guard their private parts scrupulously, except with regard to their wives and those who are legally in their possession, for in that case they shall not be blameworthy.

To be clear, these verses add up to a clearly condoned view towards rape, of both wives and sex slaves. It is permissible to engage in intercourse with your wife whenever you like, and Muhammad was also sure to instruct women that they must submit to their husband’s desires regardless of what else they were doing, as well, according to one of the Hadiths.

So one can only imagine what life is like for these poor girls who are treated as sex slaves or forced to wed the violent ISIS soldiers.

Some join up by their own will, however, as is the sad case of two Austrian teenagers who ran away from home to “fight for Allah”, according to the note they left for their parents.

The two girls, Sabina Selimovic and Samra Kesinovic, attracted media attention in 2014 when they left the comfort and safety of their native Austria to join ISIS’ efforts in Syria. They were both the children of Bosnian immigrants who had fled the Bosnian War in the 90’s. Bosnians are predominantly Muslim, and it is speculated that the girls became radicalized after reading about jihad on the internet, and through the preaching at the mosque they attended in Vienna.

The two managed to get from Vienna to Raqqa, Syria, and joined up with the jihadis they idolized. At first, they became poster girls for ISIS. They donned full burkas and rifles in photos on social media, bragging of their commitment to Allah.

Over time, though, reality hit. The girls eventually feared imprisonment if they returned to Austria, but eventually, they wanted to come home regardless. They had been married to Chechen fighters, but ended up being sex slaves to new recruits. A Tunisian women who was kept in the same house as the girls, recounted how they would be passed around “like presents”.

In September of 2014, Selimovic was killed in combat, and for several months, Kesinovic was “lost”. However, it eventually came out that she had been beaten to death with a hammer for trying to escape ISIS’ grip.

This sad story stands as a sobering analogy for the way Western liberals defend Islam and try to separate it from ISIS. ISIS is the fundamental teachings of Islam fully embodied, and the fate these Austrian teenagers met simply goes to show how futile it is to try to explain away the verses that clearly outline a violent and oppressive attitude towards women.

From the captured Christian sex slaves to these idealistic young girls who met such a tragic fate, it is clear that the life of an ISIS bride is a brutal one, and the terror ISIS is committing against girls and women everywhere simply must be stopped.

Whats your media diet?

Click here to view the original post.

Whats your media diet? James Walton “I Am Liberty” Audio player below! We Drudge, we Prepper Website, we SHTFplan and we may even Future Danger from time to time. As preppers and survivalists we consume a lot of media. In fact, its one of the more addictive parts of this whole process. There are tons … Continue reading Whats your media diet?

The post Whats your media diet? appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Countdown to The Move from Wyoming to Nashville…One week and counting…plus news from Rich

Click here to view the original post.

What’s in this post… News on Rich, SurvivalRing, Security, my career, local events, latest SurvivalRing Radio Shows, and getting ready to move across the country. Wait an hour and the weather will change Hello again from the middle of nowhere, Wyoming, where one day we have flash floods after chinook winds melts over a foot […]

The post Countdown to The Move from Wyoming to Nashville…One week and counting…plus news from Rich appeared first on SurvivalRing.

Will America’s Coming Collapse resemble Europe’s Current Crisis?

Click here to view the original post.

by Silence Dogood

Currently the unraveling of Europe is becoming clear, especially to those that are paying attention. The horrific migrant crisis, the rapes, the tenuous economy, the various financial bubbles all stemming from central bankers and their money printing.

Manipulated bond markets, credit markets are creating housing bubbles and have forced much of the middle class to flee these over priced areas leaving entire communities of our city’s because they no longer can afford to live there.

We stand back and watch seeing the inevitable breakup of the European Union, beginning with Brexit and the public discourse of people in the major cities struggling with racial tension, it seems we cannot see what is behind it all. I know I can see the connection if you cannot.

It is boiling across Europe as you read this, all hidden by the mainstream media outlets.

The chart in the above link shows the credit bubble ready to burst, as it started forming as far back as August of 2016.

Many economists are blaming the bond market for driving this credit bubble. The low yields are forcing investors into the credit markets, most hoping to prop up their portfolios o, at the very least, to stave off the drop in interest rates. It is pushing bankers to invest into this inflating bubble, rather then leave their money to dwindle over the next three decades in some zero or negative interest investment.

The European Central Bank started buying corporate bonds back in June of this year, infusing the European economy with more money to hide the fact it is unsustainable.

America has been implementing the same strategy with our Federal Reserve.

This of course, reduces the buying power of the nations currency, right across the board, and is affecting the inflation of the money due to zero or negative interest rates, all this is being done while inflating a rampant bubble that we now see everywhere with the cheap credit from this failing debt based system.

The carelessness of the central banks coupled with the Brexit, has exacerbated the situation and created even more foolish credit use by those that run our systems.

It is now the new “Monte Carlo,” and has made gamblers out of every European banker, who by using the people’s money (our Bonds) as their poker chips they are betting on a rigged game, hoping to get out just before the table gets flipped by the biggest loser.

Their new gambler mentality is simply betting with our low to zero interest rate loans speculating on these bubble markets, rather then with honest investment.

The loans given to the publically traded companies are mostly used by CEOs to buy back their own shares and keep up to the spiraling descent of the entire system.

This is why the inflation increase is not obvious to the moral majority.

This makes complete sense to any businessman, as most would rather invest in bubble markets then hold onto zero yield savings, bonds, or similar financial products.

The Central Bank must know this too, or they are the stupidest businessmen of the century.

No, I think by now, it is merely a wait and see game; with each player trying to bump the last bet, hoping that they hold the winning hand in the end.

Soon someone will call “all in,” and shove the last of their pile into the center, and then we will see the chips fall…

Just remember, folks, they are playing with your money created from your promissory notes (The nation’s Bonds).

Just look at these interest rates, and you will see who is next and what is driving this madness.

 central bank interest rate region percentage date
 FED interest rate United States 0.500 % 12-16-2015
 RBA interest rate Australia 1.500 % 08-02-2016
 BACEN interest rate Brazil 14.000 % 10-19-2016
 BoE interest rate Great Britain 0.250 % 08-04-2016
 BOC interest rate Canada 0.500 % 07-15-2015
 PBC interest rate China 4.350 % 10-23-2015
 ECB interest rate Europe 0.000 % 03-10-2016
 BoJ interest rate Japan 0.000 % 02-01-2016
 CBR interest rate Russia 10.000 % 09-16-2016
 SARB interest rate South Africa 7.000 % 03-17-2016

As you can see from the chart abov,  things are not looking good for Europe or Japan, and similarly they do not bode well for the North American markets either.

The low interest rates are just the beginning. I am quite sure the Fed will pretend to bump the rates higher soon in North America as they have each December, claiming they will stem the flow of speculation, but knowing each time they do it they just simply move the market.

They will inevitably drop the rates again within a month or risk destroying the whole system, and reveal the true house of cards that it is.

Can America expect much of the same woes as Europe has, right here at home?

Certainly, we do.

We are talking about the same issues and same market pressures as Europe. We are taking on the same migrant policies as Europe. Despite knowing it would be far cheaper and much more practical to leave the refugees where they are, in their own countries. Simply create a protected zone for them to exist in, until the conflict is settled or at the very least protect them somewhere in an alternate Muslim country, where they will be able to assimilate without civil war.

We can simply provide housing and food for them at far cheaper cost than bringing them here to our countries to live. Our army can easily teach them to construct clean living conditions they will need to survive, and offer military protection only until they are established. They can use their own people after that to patrol the facilities; we could then simply provide a military bubble of protection, with air support, merely on a consultant capacity after that.

Perhaps some solutions are in order…

This migrant problem does not take a brain surgeon to figure out. Perhaps we can even use our private mystery mercenaries, such as Blackwater (or whatever they call themselves nowadays), posting them over there to do the job of protection. They are much cheaper then our military these days (or so they claim) and the bonus using these guys is that those boys would be there by choice.

The globalist propaganda has definitely fogged our collective minds for we cannot see this for ourselves anymore.

As the above charts regarding interest rates in Europe’s banking system indicate, we are only 0.5% away from the same scenario as Europe, so we can simple extrapolate what our market will do following the same sort of pattern as Europe.

What we saw back in 2008 shows us the ends to which this will lead… the 2007 housing bubble crash which led to the financial crash of 2008.

Yet, even the charts we mentioned do not show the over inflated money bubble that most currencies are in these days.

When that ship comes in there will be… all hell to pay.

It is speculated that all though we are obviously different then the European Union, the United States may fall in a similar fashion. Europe’s collapse began with Greece’s default. The charts indicate Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Spain, or France are next.

Similarly in America, California, has nearly the exact same profile as Greece’s debt back when it fell.

This makes California the first probable state to bring down the rest of the Union by default.

As this link shows, the debt of California is the largest in the union, with the least chance of maintaining itself. This is the catalyst that will start the unraveling of the Federal Reserve’s debt and its Ponzi scheme.

Lets stare into our crystal ball, America will be ablaze sometime in the coming future, as this perfect storm brews over the nation, a storm of financial, religion, government over reach and injustices that will collide at once, causing many other lesser systems to fail soon after.

The illogical strife of left verses Right paradigm has started right after the elections. Foolish people who are not able to recognize that they are being used by the same system they are complaining about. The frustration has been created by ignorance, and the lack of teaching basic civics, and financial concepts in our failing school systems.

It will not take much else to make it reach a tipping point now.

A simple spark will set off this fuel fire, a simple bump in the interest rates for more then a few weeks will bring down our markets, proving once and for all that the people cannot repay even the interest on the debt these banksters say we owe.

A so-called bank holiday will be declared to stop the outflow of the failing money system. The state owned banks would confiscate funds from their depositors just as they did in Cyprus, to shore up their balance sheets.

People will panic nation wide, withdrawing money from the failing system, while creating riots; the nation will need to impose martial law to quell the rioters. Food stamps will not be enough to feed the nation, the store shelves will be bare within 3 days, and all commerce will cease. The nation will struggle under weight of it, will set off race riots, as throngs of disgruntle people will meet in the streets mobs will campout in front of government buildings.

Years may roll by without any relief in sight for the people, only complete reform will allow the world to begin again.

The worst of it all is a lot of this could have been prevented.

We have known for decades this was coming. We even had solutions, but the ignorant refuse to learn.

They prefer to listen to the corporately controlled media, and simple hide their heads in the sand. I suppose this is human nature.

Those people have always been with us. They are the ones that throw loved ones into the volcano, or cower in fear at an eclipse. Two hundred and forty years ago, the smart ones left this system behind. They thought they had left it for good, and created a new way of living, but there are no new lands now for us to go to, and we simply cannot just sail off and start again. We have to face this problem for the last time.

We cannot fix this collapse without facing up to the problem of where it started.

We must stop listening to the hierarchy. We need to cut off the head of this snake once and for all. The people at the top of the pyramid have used religion, government, and mass control over us for thousands of years. Surely, with very little effort we can come up with a new system to satisfy at least our nation.

Get rid of the control of our money system. Many years have taught us that neither our Government nor the private bankers can control money responsibly. Our governments over the past have also exploited their control by printing too much.

A finite money system is needed, interest free. Whether that is backed by Gold and Silver, or some form of Bitcoin makes no difference. The fact that it is finite is what matters, no more runaway printing presses controlled by institutions to fund their wars for profit.

A free market is all that is required to dictate the money’s value after that.

Governments cannot be trusted with regulating the market either. I am sure we all can agree on that too, no one needs to regulate a free market system. There is also a reason why congress is the only ones that can declare war. Yet over the last hundred or so wars the Untied States has been involved in, congress only agreed to a handful of them, this has got to end.

End the FIAT currency scam. It is nothing more then counterfeit money, and only worth the paper, it is printed on.

Forget about blending cultures with clearly different ideologies, such as historically rival religious groups, and stop interfering in their nations too. If they have a contradictory ideology or we believe it is flawed some how, then it will adapt on their own, or fail. They will become extinct because they themselves will end it; we do not have to impose our ideals on their way of life. Radical groups will not rise up because of foreign interference either. Our western foreign policies created these crazy radical groups, not the nations they stemmed from. This is our government’s doing.

Now we may need to end it for good, but not before designing a plan to get out of their countries, after. Let’s start acting like the mature ones here, clean up our own back yards first.

Anyway, I thought I would give a few ideas for a change. These are incomplete obviously, but too many articles simply complain about the situation, and never offer any solutions.

I’m so sorry Europe’s strife is coming for us here in America too, so keep prepping. Everyday we learn more and everyday we grow stronger.

Don’t let these bastards win…

Your humble servant

Silence Dogood

REPOST: SurvivalRing Guide #1: Five Most Important Skills for New Preppers…Set Your Foundation First (plus bonus Bug-out section)

Click here to view the original post.

“Hello…We’re the Preppers…” The “Prepper” movement has grown exponentially in the last few years, thanks to reality TV shows such as “Doomsday Preppers” (aka DDP), and all the knockoff shows and repeats on many other networks, as well as online TV show services like Hulu and NetFlix. Mainstream print and online media is following in […]

The post REPOST: SurvivalRing Guide #1: Five Most Important Skills for New Preppers…Set Your Foundation First (plus bonus Bug-out section) appeared first on SurvivalRing.

Why Don’t “Moderate” Muslims Speak Out?

Click here to view the original post.

With a steady of flow of jihadi attacks taking place worldwide, it might seem reasonable to ask, “If Islam is a religion of peace, and if only a “radical” minority of Muslims are responsible for terrorist acts done in the name of Islam, then why don’t “moderate” Muslims speak out against this violence if it Is done in the name of their faith?”

Well, the answer to that question isn’t easy.  First of all, it requires some level of speculation to answer what the motives of someone other than yourself has.  Second, if you actually try to search for an answer to this question, you will find more there are many different answers given, and that answer will greatly depend on the ideology of the person you are asking.  Before we speculate on what motivations “moderates” have for their perceived silence on this issue, let’s look at some answers that are given by some of the louder voices when this question is asked.

Living in the age of information, one gets used to searching for answers online, and for good reason.  If you want to know how many feet are in a mile, what temperature water boils at, what time a movie starts in your area, or what the weather forecast is, then typing your query into a search engine like google and hitting enter is likely to provide you with the answer to your question.  But, on issues with social implications, the loudest voices  that are easiest to find on the internet as well as in print and television media lean pretty far ideologically to the left.

So, what is the result if you ask  search engine giant Google why moderate Muslims don’t speak out against terrorism?

Eight out of ten of the results on the first page all say the same exact thing (and the other two may have been targeted to me since they were from and Steven Crowder).  It seems that all media outlets agree, from The Huffington Post to Time, that moderate Muslims most certainly do speak out against violent terrorism that is done in the name of Islam, and the only reason we don’t know about it is because the media doesn’t cover it.

That’s right: The Huffington Post, The Washington Post, Time, and CNN all say that moderate Muslims (which all of these sources claim without reason are the true Muslims) do speak out and condemn violent acts of terrorism done in the name of Islam.  And without exception, all of these sources and more, I would in fact be willing to bet every single leftist media source, also agree that it is the media itself’s fault that we don’t know about it.

Eight of ten Google results for the query “why don’t moderate Muslims speak out”, says that moderate Muslims they do speak out, and that the media just doesn’t tell you about it. CNN actually goes as far as to both claim that moderate Muslims do speak out, and to say that they don’t have any responsibility to do so, and so we shouldn’t expect them to, because terrorism is so un-Islamic that it shouldn’t even require them to denounce it.  CNN even offers up the irrefutable proof that if you type “Muslims condemn” into a search engine that it will yield up results that show Muslims speaking out against terrorism.

So, in case your logic got in the way, the internet is saturated with articles from major media sources in which they say that the reason you don’t know moderate Muslims are speaking out against terrorism is somehow because even though they are telling you that Muslims are speaking out, the media isn’t telling you they are speaking out.  If you ever read George Orwell’s 1984, the term “doublethink” might be coming to mind right about now.

One possible reason then, for “moderate” Muslims not being outspoken against Islamic terrorism, is that the leftist media is beating them to it.

It might seem odd, that if the media is cranking out Muslim apologetic material at the cyclic rate, and if “radical” violent Muslims are a fractional minority, then why is it that we do hear so little, or more importantly see so little from the “moderate” majority to do something to stop these terrorist attacks?

Why is the Muslim world, which should be a virtual utopia if the media’s propaganda is to be believed, so full of violence?  It couldn’t possibly be because “radical” Muslims are the majority, could it?  Well, for now, and I’d love to get to this later in depth in another article, let’s leave the teachings of the psychotic cross-dressing pedophile Mohammad for just a moment and focus on the beliefs of his modern followers.

Are they “moderate”, or are they “radical”?  Let’s see what the numbers tell us.

In order to know if the majority are either “radical” or “moderate,” we need to know how many Muslims we are dealing with. There are roughly about 1.6 billion worldwide, with about 49 countries being Muslim majority countries.  We also have to define terms like “radical” and “moderate”.  It would be ignorant to think that one would have to be a jihadi terrorist in order to be considered “radical”.

For one, not everyone who holds to the view of Islam, the one that is clearly taught through their canonical text, that a good Muslim should violently subjugate non-believers is an able-bodied man of military fighting age.  Terrorist organizations receive assistance and support in more ways than one, people donate money, supplies, or even moral and social support.  A much more accurate method of evaluation of whether or not someone is “radical” in their views of Islam would be as simple as whether or not they have radical views, rather than if they have taken radical actions.

I think that it would be reasonable to say that supporting Sharia law, or terrorist organizations, or that saying “honor” killings of women are “sometimes justified” would make one “radical”.  That being said, how many Muslims out of the 1.6 billion Muslims worldwide would fit this reasonable definition of “radical”?  Surely less than a dozen and they are all in the Middle East somewhere right?  Not exactly.  The number would be more like 680,000,000.  Now that’s a pretty big number, so let’s try to put that in perspective.  That is a little more than twice the population of the United States, it’s also about 43% of the worldwide Muslim population.

It gets worse when we look at where these “radical” Muslims are.  It might not come as too much of a surprise to find out that 83% of Iranian Muslims support Sharia, or even that 32% of Turkish Muslims say that “honor” killings of women can be justified, but it might come as a little more of a shock that 35% of Muslims living in France said that suicide bombings can be justified, or that 13% of Muslims in America said that violence against civilians can be justified.

So another more serious answer to why “moderate” Muslims don’t speak out against Islamic terrorism is that they are not the vast majority at all; barely more than half, if we are to believe that every Muslim answered the questions honestly.  And what do you think would happen to a Muslim who spoke out against terrorism in an environment of “radical” Islam?  Well if Quran 9:73 is followed, it wouldn’t look too good for them:

“O Prophet, fight against the disbelievers and the hypocrites and be harsh upon them. And their refuge is Hell, and wretched is the destination.”

Muslims that actually hold “moderate” views may very well keep quiet about them in order to stay alive.

Of course, there is some truth to the claim that “moderate” Muslims speak out against terrorism done in the name of their religion.  Organizations like CAIR, Center for American-Islamic Relations, which has ties to terrorist organizations like the Muslim Brotherhood and Hamas, have issued public statements denouncing Islamic terrorism.  Likewise, it’s not altogether uncommon to find a Muslim raised in the West who has grown up with Western values, who will condemn Islamic terrorism.

So, why are there such seemingly incompatible views of Islam’s commands within the greater Muslim community?  This is where some speculation and generalization is unavoidable, but that doesn’t mean that we have to so without evidence and reason.

First, why is possible to find Muslims from the West that are willing to condemn Islamic terrorism?  One reason is because some of them find these acts of terrorism done in the name of their religion genuinely offensive.  Now, let me be clear that I’m not taking the same position as HuffPo on this.  I’m not saying that Islam is a religion of peace, I’m just saying that it’s completely possible that there are Muslims who think that is.

Whether they are willing to admit it or not, most Muslims don’t actually know that much about their religion.  Most Muslims, even those that have memorized the entire Quran in Arabic, can’t speak Arabic, the language they say the Quran must be read in to get a full appreciation of the its meaning.  That’s right, there are people who memorize an entire book in a language that they don’t speak.

But certainly the Islamic leaders and Imams that speak out against jihad know how to read Arabic and know what the Quran says, so why would they denounce terrorism if, as I would assert, Islam is a religion of violent suppression?  Isn’t lying against Islamic law?

So it’s a little hard to take seriously the denouncements of Islamic terrorism made by Islamic leaders that support terrorist organizations like CAIR does, when the religion that they practice has a doctrine that endorses lying for the sake of furthering the spread of Islam.

Which would bring us to the last reason why “moderate” Muslims would not speak out against Islamic terrorism. It is because they aren’t “moderate,” and they simply don’t disapprove, when it gets down to it.

The left would quickly right this off as Islamaphobic bigotry, but they would hypocritically use the same reasoning if it came to Republicans and white supremacy.  Remember when Trump wasn’t quick enough to denounce David Duke?  The left jumps all over his lack of speed in his denouncement to say that it meant that he wasn’t genuine, and in fact supported white supremacy.  And they do that without there being a Republican or white version of it.  It might be the least politically correct reason, but that doesn’t mean it’s any less reasonable to say that “moderate” Muslims don’t denounce terrorism because they actually support it.

Fake News on The APN Report

Click here to view the original post.

Fake News Bob Hawkins “The APN Report” Audio in player below! From the very beginning, there has been controversy concerning the press & it’s apparent bias over how it reports the news. But of late, a new controversy has appeared that throws fuel on the fire. The rise of “Fake News.” Up until the last … Continue reading Fake News on The APN Report

The post Fake News on The APN Report appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Fake News, Real News & Soaring Eagle!

Click here to view the original post.

Fake News, Real News & Soaring Eagle! Host: James Walton “I Am Liberty” Audio in player below! There has been so much talk about fake news lately that its been a bit overwhelming. On this show I would really like to explore the idea of fake news. You see fake news in and of itself … Continue reading Fake News, Real News & Soaring Eagle!

The post Fake News, Real News & Soaring Eagle! appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Free Speech, but Only if You’re a Leftist

Click here to view the original post.

With the presently overwhelming surge of “multi-culturalism”, feminism, gay “rights”, and all other forms of “social justice,” one might seem justified in thinking that freedom was expanding in the United States.  One might think that the free exchange of ideas was increasing, not only with the “social justice” movement, but also with the ever-increasing amount of information that is available to an ever-increasing amount of people through the internet and social media.

One might even think that with the amount of profanity on the radio, sex on TV and violence in video games, that censorship is decreasing, or even possibly dead. But despite these understandable assumptions, nothing could be further from the truth.

The fact is, that censorship in the West is at an all-time high.  People censor themselves, sometimes without even knowing it, in order to avoid the social stigma of being hateful in some form or another.  The major media organizations that flood our consciousness with a constant supply of “information” are censoring anything that does not agree with the ideology those who control them want to promote, or that threatens their objectives.

European countries, Canada, Australia, and even America are all passing laws that directly target speech they feel threatened by.

But why?  And why are all the things that would be traditionally censored in Western society now being allowed to go unchecked?

Because those that are in control of institutions of academia, the media, and governments in the west are purposefully attempting to bring about the destruction of Western civilization and put us under their complete control in a Marxist society ruled by a dictatorship they control or are benefited by.  That’s a pretty bold statement, I know.  Some are undoubtedly going to be skeptical, so let’s look at the evidence for my assertion.

First, it’s important to note that Marx and Engels wanted to put the entire world under communist rule, which would require abolishing national sovereignty.  They recognized that there would be resistance to this, by those that were in control of the capitalist system that they sought to topple, and by those they felt were enslaved by it.  They believed, or at least professed to believe, that the reasons why most working class people in a capitalist system would resist their goals was because of conditioning throughout their life beginning at birth.

This conditioning would start at birth because they would be raised in a family, being cared for, or psychologically traumatized by, depending upon your beliefs, their parents.  This experience would inculcate in them a belief and acceptance of a hierarchal system.  They somehow failed to notice that every socialist country to ever exist brutally suppressed its people.  But then again, they didn’t have the benefit of history that we have now.

They also believed, and with good reason, that those same parents that were traumatizing their children while caring for them and raising them would also instill into them the values that they believed in themselves.  Namely, moral values stemming from a belief in God.

These values were unacceptable to Marx and Engels.  They recognized that if they wanted to bring about the end of capitalism they were going to have to bring about the end of the family and of religion.  They talked about this in Chapter 2 of The Communist Manifesto, where they state that abolishment of the family is an “infamous proposal of the Communists”, that “the working men have no country”, and also, that  “Communism abolishes eternal truths, it abolishes all religion, and all morality, instead of constituting them on a new basis”.

So without even needing to get to the third chapter, we see that communists want to destroy religion, the family, countries, and national borders.  Do we see any of this being promoted in academia, the media, and by the state with descent being censored?

Let’s take a look at the first, and perhaps the most ironic area that we see Marxist values being promoted and everything else being censored: academia.

Just days ago a pro-life student’s group was denied official status at Strathclyde University in Scotland. Why? The pro-life students were told that the University was concerned that the pro-life students would “harass” and “intimidate” other students.

Across the pond in America, at Marquette University in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, angry pro-choice feminists destroyed a display created by pro-life students. Rather than reprimand vandals, the university’s democratic society praised the violent action by the feminists.  Somehow this wasn’t seen as intimidation or harassment.  A similar incident took place at Southern Methodist University in Texas, and a similar response was given.

Of course, that’s just religion, or arguably family, which is not the same as wanting to destroy national sovereignty.  Surely students these days appreciate national sovereignty since they want the government to pay for their student loans, right?

Wrong. From South Carolina high schools to UC Irvine, the American flag has been attacked by students and faculty.  Matthew Guevara of UC Irvine claimed that seeing the American flag at school made some students feel so uncomfortable that they didn’t even want to go inside. He says it represents “hate speech”.  He received support from his fellow students, 60% of them. One might wonder how these same students feel about the Mexican flag which is so often seen at anti-Trump protests?

Moving on, conservative speakers like Ben Shapiro and Milo Yiannapoulus have been banned from multiple college campuses across America.  The reason given for both of them is “hate speech”.  For those that don’t know, Ben Shapiro is a practicing Jew living in America, and Milo Yiannapoulus is a practicing homosexual living in the UK, so they both belong to groups of people who are typically the recipients of “hate speech”.

They are both conservative though, that’s what makes them hateful.  Both of them regularly expose the lies of the wage gap, Islam as a peaceful religion, and “white privilege”, which is what leftist use to replace the communist nomenclature “bourgeois” with these days.

This is why the left must support Black Lives Matter and Islam, because they are not Western white movements, they oppose Western values and they are deleterious to the fabric of Western society.  Anyone that exposes the truth that blacks in America are 200 times more likely to violently attack a white person than a white is to attack a black person is not fond of statistical analysis, they are racists.

Likewise, anyone that asks why Muslim immigrants are being shoveled into areas that the native population doesn’t want them is a white nationalist.  Both accusations have been hurled at Shapiro and Yiannapoulus, which is hilarious given that they are so antitypical for conservatives according to the leftist narrative that says Jews and gays would never think that way, only racist whites.

Ben Stein made a documentary entitled “Expelled:  No Intelligence Allowed”, in which he makes the clear case that anyone who dares to deviate from a hard line stance that Darwinian theory is unquestionably true will be fired and black listed.

To be clear, I’m not talking about professors bringing in the Bible and teaching from Genesis that God created Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden on the sixth day.  I’m talking about professors and highly credentialed educators that have been fired simply for suggesting that Darwinian theory is inadequate as a scientific theory to fully explain the origin of life.  Marxists can’t allow God into the picture.

But those not currently attending college are not immune from the forced feeding of leftist propaganda and the censoring of everything else.  Anyone that is ever exposed to any mainstream media, including social media is immediately bombarded with Marxist ideology repackaged as intellectual progressive thinking, or political correctness.

Every major media outlet in America, CNN, MSNBC, and to a lesser extent Fox News, called now president elect Donald Trump a racist for wanting to build a wall on America’s southern border.  Never mind that Mexican is a nationality and not a race, or that Mexicans are largely the descendants of Europeans that slaughtered the natives, national borders are not racist.  But, they are detrimental to communist goals, as Marx and Engel stated, “the working men have no country”.

These days, entertainers have a loud voice that can give them powerful influence, even if the public doesn’t know where they got their ideas from.  Bill Nye, “the science guy” has said that people who deny that anthropogenic climate change is a reality should be imprisoned.  “Anthropogenic” being the key word there, because it’s not enough that one is willing to entertain the idea that the climate could be changing, one has to accept as absolute truth that humans are responsible for it and accept the UN’s proposed solutions in order to satisfy the left.

Why?  Because all of the suggested solutions to fight climate change, which may or may not be happening, and may or may not be caused by humans if it is happening, and may or may not be a bad thing if it is both happening and being caused by humans, all of their solutions are Marxist.

They want to limit private ownership, even completely abolish private property, of course the state has to be given unlimited powers to do this, and all resources will be rationed to the humans that are allowed to live by this new god-like state.

But what about social media?  You can always voice your opinion on Facebook or Twitter right?  Sure, and as long as your opinions are Marxist, nobody will censor them. But if they’re not?

Facebook co-founder and CEO Mark Zuckerberg was caught on a “hot mic” telling leftist German leader Angela Merkel that they (Facebook) are working on censoring posts that voiced criticism of the massive “wave of Syrian refugees” flooding into Germany and other European nations.  But posts calling for the death of white police officers can be found in abundance.  Apparently that’s not “hate speech”.

In fairness, in a free society based on Western values, corporations should be free to say whatever they want to say, to promote whatever ideals those who run those corporations have, and to censor ideals that oppose theirs.  But are nations themselves, Western nations, really promoting Marxism and censoring descent by force through the rule of law and not just asking Facebook to do it?  Yes!

Canada has passed “hate speech” laws that seem to only be enforced or reported on when the victim is Muslim or homosexual.  The vast majority of these crimes fall under the category of “mischief” and are not violent attacks but usually involve passing out literature or holding signs that offend someone.

Because Canada is so concerned with offending people based on their religion that they passed laws prohibiting homeschooling parents (who tend to be overwhelmingly Christian) from teaching their children that homosexuality is morally wrong, and of course homosexuality and the transgender lifestyle is being promoted in the public schools.

It has been deemed to be “hateful” to suggest that a man who thinks he is a woman is mentally ill, thus thinking that one is a gender other than the one that they are is not treated medically as mental illness.  Yet, there is no group with a higher suicide rate than transexuals, only the severely mentally ill have comparable rates.

But, this is blamed on “hate speech” all over again and we are told that the suicides are a result of persecution.  Even though blacks who were enslaved and Jews in the holocaust had lower suicide rates.  So, these people’s mental illness goes untreated in the name of “love”.  Not because Marxist care at all about LGBT folks, but because they want to promote anything that erodes at the family unit.

Australia has passed laws making it a crime to speak out against Islam.  Some might suggest that I am being misleading and the law says that it is a crime to vilify anyone because of their religion and that someone would be prosecuted for vilifying a Christian too.

Well, what did Australian Prime Minister Malcomb Turnbull say?  He said, “It is important for us to promote and encourage Islam.”  Is this because Turnbull loves Muslims?  Doubtful, it’s more likely because Turnbull likes anything that threatens western values and western society and gives him a moral guise to cover for his attack on free speech which would be critical of his government.

Sometimes the censorship isn’t done officially, or legally, and then officially denied.  With words that are politically inconvenient connotations can just be edited out as though they never existed.  And where is this sort of censorship being performed?  North Korea in foreign media that is critical of dictatorships?

Maybe, but I was thinking more along the lines of earlier this year when the White House (Dan’s note: under Obama) “edited” the audio of French president Hollande in order to remove the words “Islamic terrorism” from the English translation of the French president’s remarks, and then they claimed that it was a technical difficulty. So when events don’t match your narrative, just edit them so they are little less inconvenient.

Ironically enough, after selectively editing White House audio, the most frightening case of state based censorship becoming the law of the land is taking shape right now in America.  After Wikileaks released John Podesta’s emails, a theory developed that there was a code in some of these emails that substituted words that would have had clear pedophiliac meaning with words about food.

Of course, these accusations are denied, well sort of, they aren’t even addressed directly so in a way they aren’t being denied.  Instead, Hilary Clinton and most of the talking heads on corporate news stations are calling for “private and public” action to prevent the spread of “fake news”.

Now, let’s just say that “Pizzagate” isn’t true and that Podesta and the Clintons are not perverts of the worst kind, who is going to be put in charge of determining what is real and what is fake?  For those that read Orwell’s 1984, you would know that the Ministry of Truth will handle that.  And that is the obvious conclusion to Clinton advocating for public action to prevent “fake news”.  That means that the state will determine what is true and what is false, along with corporate news of course.

But don’t worry comrade, things have always been like this! They aren’t getting worse, cops kill more blacks than whites even though the CDC’s statistics say otherwise, homosexuality and transgender lifestyles are healthy even though they have astronomical suicide rates. Multiculturalism will be a boost to European economies, Islam is a religion of peace, climate change is happening and your property is the cause of it (even though the evidence has been falsified as with “climate gate”).

There is no God, and therefore no basis for morals, but we still need to be concerned about the plight of everyone the left tells us to be concerned with (especially polar bears). Western society is evil, even though Western values are always used as a measurement of how evil Western society is, and no other society is ever presented as a viable alternative.

And Oceana has always been at war with Eurasia.

Why Are the Lefists So In Love With Islam

Click here to view the original post.

by Isabella

Why is the left so in love with Islam and so dead set on defending it against any and all reasonable scrutiny?

That question wouldn’t even make sense to a leftist, or someone who has, through mental osmosis, taken in the mass amounts of leftist propaganda that saturate the internet, television, and print media.  For the leftist, or the easily influenced and unquestioning “moderate”, there is no contradiction for them to wholeheartedly embrace and defend Islam.

In fact, these folks will, without hesitation, call any criticism of Islam “Islamophobia”, or apply some other label upon it that denotes bigotry as the only possible motive for such criticism.  This shouldn’t come as any surprise to those who have ever dared to question the left’s narrative on, well, anything.  Dismissive accusations are all the left has to defend itself.

So why is it that they are so determined to protect Islam in particular from any and all criticism?  To explain the merit of the question, let’s take a look at a few of the basic values the left professes, and what Islam has to say about these issues.  Otherwise, it might seem strange to question why the peace-loving (and presently rioting) left so vehemently defends “the religion of peace”.

Anyone with any recent exposure to the media has certainly heard that the reason that president-elect Donald Trump won the presidential election was all forms of bigotry, with sexism, racism, and religious intolerance topping the list of his, and his supporters’, offenses.  Those of the left promote themselves as the defenders of women’s rights, racial equality, and as the most tolerant bunch of peace-loving people to ever walk the earth.

Setting aside the fact that wage gaps, whether based on sex or race, have been disproven by economists for decades, or the unscrupulous and illegal practices of the Obama administration using the IRS to target Christian and conservative organizations, let’s just pretend that the left does actually care about women, minorities, and tolerance.  After all, most people who hold to leftist ideals are so ill-informed that they might not know what their politicians are doing and what the policies they advocate for actually produce.  So, assuming (which we know to be more than generous) that the left has the moral goals and ideals it professes to have let’s see what position Islam takes on these very issues:

Democrats and the leftist media couldn’t talk enough about the “grab ‘em by the p****y” Trump tape.  After all, the left in every way, shape, and form supports everything woman, even if they can’t explain how.  So, we should expect that Muslims would hold this same view, since the left so vehemently defends Islam, right?

So, what do actual Islamic religious and historic texts say about how  Muslim men should treat women?  Let’s take a look. The Quran, 4:24 says “And [also prohibited to you are all] married women except those your right hands possess…”.  This passage might not seem to say much at all, so let’s look at some historical context for why Muslims say that Allah revealed this verse to Mohammad in the first place, we find this context in Suna Abu Dawud 2150 where it states “Abu Sa’id Al Khudri said “The Apostle of Allaah(ﷺ) sent a military expedition to Awtas on the occasion of the battle of Hunain. They met their enemy and fought with them.

They defeated them and took them captives. Some of the Companions of Apostle of Allaah (ﷺ) were reluctant to have relations with the female captives because of their pagan husbands. So, Allaah the exalted sent down the Qur’anic verse “And all married women (are forbidden) unto you save those (captives) whom your right-hand posses. This is to say that they are lawful for them when they complete their waiting period.”

This verse was “revealed” because some of the Muslims that had taken war captives were reluctant to rape them because their husbands were still alive, which would be adultery, a capital offense in Islam, luckily for them Allah jumped into to set the record straight and let them know that it wasn’t adultery if the women were captives or slaves.  This is only one instance in a nearly endless line of divinely revealed verses about how women can be treated like property in Islam.

If we had the time, we could go on to talk about how beating your wife is lawful and how the testimony of a woman is worth half that of a man, which means rape allegations can never be proven. Or to discuss left’s refusal of how the way Muslim culture views women is experiencing an extreme example in Europe.

Progressive European governments are so terrified of offending Muslims that rape allegations go unpunished as European women are experiencing record-high numbers of sexual assault incidences. Muslim migrants are used to countries in which rape is rarely punished, and instead of holding them accountable to European standards of civility and chivalry, laws are being bent to accommodate Muslim refugees.

But many more articles could be written discussing the European refugee crisis and the dangers of multi-culturalism. For now, let’s move on to the left and Islam’s view of race relations.

Despite all evidence to the contrary, the left champions itself as the defender of all racial minorities.  One of the more comical instances of this is when Collin Kaepernick, a half white, half black guy raised by an adoptive white family after being abandoned by his black father, and the quarterback for the San Francisco 49ers, refused to stand during the playing of the National Anthem at a preseason game.

After the game, Kaepernick stated in an interview “I am not going to stand up to show pride in a flag for a country that oppresses black people and people of color.”  Now this is particularly interesting because not only did the leftist media fall all over themselves to report on this without end, but Kaepernick is a Muslim convert.

Maybe Kaepernick and CNN have it right, and Saudi Arabi and Qatar have it wrong.  Maybe a nation like America that was founded by white Protestants and that has codified laws protecting people of all races is, in fact, oppressive because it’s not Islamic, and Arab countries still have African slaves purely by coincidence.  Maybe Islam is not only a religion of peace, as it is always referred to as in the leftist media, but maybe it’s also a religion of racial equality founded by a strong, noble man of color with better values than the white devils that founded and spread Christianity.

Maybe, but then it must be one hell of a coincidence that not only are there repeated descriptions of Mohammad as a white man within texts held to be sacred by Muslims (Sahih Al Bukhari 63, Sahih Muslim 6081, Sahih Muslim 6071, and half a dozen others) but as a white man that owned black slaves (Sahih Al Bukhari 7263, Sahih Al Bukhari 6161, Sunan an Nusa’i 3858).

In fact, to top all of that, it’s a crime punishable by death to assert that Mohammad was a black in Islam, this can be seen in Muhammad Messenger of Allah, Ash-Shifa, a book of Mohammad’s life that is held in high regard by Muslims, where it states “…whoever says that the prophet was black is killed, the prophet was not black…”.  Not a lot of ambiguity on that one.  So far Islam looks like a misogynistic cult founded by a slave owning white man…

Things don’t get much better when we look at Islam and how it deals with anyone with dissenting views or with adherents of other religions.  While there are literally over 100 verses commanding violence toward others in the Quran, none is quite so clear and undeniable as Quran 8:12 which says, “I will cast terror into the hearts of those who disbelieve. Therefore strike off their heads and strike off every fingertip of them”.

Notice the reason for cutting off people’s heads in the verse is not self-defense, it’s not even theft, adultery, or some crime, it is for disbelief.  Yet we are told ad nauseam that when ISIS targets Christians or other religious minorities for murder that it isn’t consistent with the teachings of Islam,  despite the fact that ISIS makes videos showcasing their murders they make sure to include Quranic quotes that justify, if not command, their murder.

Yet Obama and the liberal media insisted that the actions of ISIS, and the like, are against the teachings set forth in the Quran.  Do they have any evidence to offer up in defense of their view of Islam and its teachings to counter the quotes that ISIS uses?  Yes, surprisingly enough they do, it’s Quran 5:32, which leftists and Muslims intending to mislead people about Islam will quote as saying “…if any one killed a person, it would be as if he killed the whole of mankind; and if any one saved a life, it would be as if he saved the life of the whole of mankind…” – The Holy Quran.  Despite the aforementioned discrepancies between leftism and Islam, one characteristic they do share is dishonesty.

So let’s take a closer look at this verse, and what gets excluded when Muslims or leftists quote it.  For those who like to think for themselves and would go so far as to look this verse up they would find that it reads ”On that account: We ordained for the Children of Israel that if any one slew a person – unless it be for murder or for spreading mischief in the land – it would be as if he slew the whole people: and if anyone saved a life, it would be as if he saved the life of the whole people. Then although there came to them Our apostles with clear signs, yet, even after that, many of them continued to commit excesses in the land.”.

In case you didn’t notice, the verse starts out by stating that this peaceful command was not for Muslims, but for Jews, it was taken from the Jewish Talmud.  And you will certainly not hear the next verse quoted to provide some context for what is commanded in the present tense for Muslims, it says, “The punishment of those who wage war against God and His Apostle, and strive with might and main for mischief through the land is: execution, or crucifixion, or the cutting off of hands and feet from opposite sides, or exile from the land: that is their disgrace in this world, and a heavy punishment is theirs in the Hereafter.”

So, the “…” that always comes before and after verse 5:32 is quite a conveniently applied “…”.  The most commonly quoted verse from the Quran used to provide evidence that Islam is a peaceful religion isn’t even an Islamic verse, it’s a Jewish one, and is proceeded by a violent command for Muslims to murder mischief makers.

So, once again, why is it that the left so loves Islam? It seems to be that Islam, unlike the pathetically weak Western left, actually poses a threat to conservative Western values.  Perhaps General Flynn said it best when he said “ Islam is a political ideology…It definitely hides behind this notion of it being a religion. And I have a very, very tough time because I don’t see a lot of people screaming ‘Jesus Christ’ with hatchets or machetes or rifles shooting up clubs or hatcheting, literally axing families on a train, or like they just killed a couple of police officers with a machete. It’s unbelievable. So we have a problem.  It’s like cancer…And it’s like a malignant cancer, though, in this case. It has metastasized.”.

There isn’t a rational or logical reason for those who claim to care about women’s rights, racial minorities, or tolerance, to support Islam, but leftists aren’t rational or logical, they are ignorant and hateful.  They love Islam despite the clear danger it would put them in, because it poses a threat to that which they hate most, Western civilization.

Doomsday Preppers? You’ve GOT to be kidding me…

Click here to view the original post.

This post was written exactly 4 years ago, on my Facebook page. I still stand by it. Rich Fleetwood – February 7, 2012 · Riverton · Watching “Doomsday Preppers” on NGC this evening, with an as objective as possible viewpoint. I’ve been doing this stuff myself for 20 years, and in my position and experience, with the […]

The post Doomsday Preppers? You’ve GOT to be kidding me… appeared first on SurvivalRing.

The Left Says Terrorism Isn’t a big Deal. Pathetic.

Click here to view the original post.

by Isabella

For those of us who have attempted to talk some sense into a leftist in regards to Muslims, Islamic terrorists and the threat they pose to our lives and Western civilization, you probably heard that one of two things.  Either that the West deserves to the victim of terrorism, or that terrorism isn’t really a big deal and I shouldn’t be so focused on such an irrelevant issue that poses such an insignificant threat to me, this coming from someone that more than likely thinks traditional gender roles are something worth getting upset about.  But since leftist can’t think for themselves where do they get these ideas from, and is there anything to the assertion that Islamic terrorism is minor threat and not as worthy of our attention as other issues?

Let’s start by taking a look at a quintessential leftist propaganda piece that takes this position.  The Washington Post published an article in November of 2015 by Andrew Shaver entitled You are More Likely to be Fatally Crushed by Furniture than Killed by a Terrorist.  Shaver makes claims like “…while the Paris attacks left some 130 people dead, roughly three times that number of French citizens died on that same day from cancer.”

What Shaver doesn’t mention is that most of the people that died of cancer that day weren’t in same age demographic as those killed in the Paris attack he refers to, and that if it wasn’t cancer some other natural death would soon claim them, while the victims of the Paris attack could have lived on for decades.  Shaver goes on to compare Islamic terrorism favorably to such unnatural killers as auto-accidents, which is ironic because gun advocates are always bringing up the amount of auto related deaths compared to the deaths from firearms that the Washington Post loves to spotlight.

That being said, however, Shaver is right.  More people will die from diabetes, car crashes, and cancer than they will from Islamic terrorism, and I congratulate him on actually using the term “Islamic terrorism”.  But does that mean that we should open our arms and our borders?  Not exactly.

There are two reasons why.  One, Islamic terrorism is often not called Islamic terrorism, and two, Muslims do a lot more than hijack plains or cut people’s heads off.

Let’s quickly address the first reason.  In America, Obama has a history of not being willing to even use the term “Islamic terrorism.”  He has gone as far as to call the Fort Hood massacre “workplace violence” even though the shooter who was in contact with al-Qaeda was shouting “Allahu Akbar!” while shooting U.S. service men.

Obama also referred to the shooting of Jews at a kosher supermarket by Muslims in Paris was a “random” shooting.  But this sort of disconnect between acts of terrorism carried out by Muslims in the name of Allah and the term Islamic terrorism is not confined to the United States.  In Germany, when a Muslim terrorist who had sworn allegiance to ISIS attempted to kill scores of innocent Germans at a music festival with a suicide bomb hidden in a backpack that did end up injuring over a dozen bystanders, Interior Minister Joachim Herrmann said “We don’t know if this man planned on suicide or if he had the intention of killing others”.

As if depression often drives people to seek out black market explosives and pledge allegiance to terrorist organizations before killing yourself with a bomb strapped to you in a crowded area without ever wanting to harm anyone else.  But can he be blamed?

Maybe he just gets his news from the BBC, which ran the headline “German Blast Kills Syrian Migrant” when reporting on the incident.  That’s right, “German Blast”.  So, one reason why leftists think that Islamic terrorism is not a legitimate threat to their health and way of life is because when it happens, the media and even national leaders of the countries that are attacked often don’t treat it as if it was in fact Islamic terrorism.

Even if one were to adjust the statistics to accommodate for all the deception Islamic terrorism would still not rank very high when it came to causes of death.  But that brings us to our other point.  What are these upstanding citizens doing when they’re not offering us the benefits of multiculturalism that comes with suicide bombings, shootings, and machete attacks?

In Norway, for instance, they can hardly find the time to carry out an act of terrorism with all the rape they are busy committing.  Rape seems to be the number one import that follows Muslim “refugees” these days, but nowhere is it as evident to those with a rational mind (which does not seem to include the Norwegian authorities), as in Norway’s capital city of Onslow.  Non-white immigrants account for 100% of reported violent rape attackers.  That’s right, literally every single case of rape in Onslow was committed by an immigrant, a non-white immigrant which means that we are not talking about Swedish men coming to Norway for fresh victims, but African and Middle-Eastern Muslims.

What has been the near-universal response from European leaders to the rape epidemic?  They promote Sharia law of course.  Well, I’m sure that they don’t come right out and say it that way, but under Sharia law, a woman is required to dress “modestly” and is not allowed to travel alone.  A school official in Bavaria Germany sent a letter home to parents that told them their daughters need to dress “modestly” because the gym nearby was being used to house Muslim migrants.

Among other things the letter stated that “shorts and skirts” could lead to “misunderstandings.”  Vienna’s chief of police told women not to go out alone; maybe he meant well, maybe he was just taking the lazy approach to his job since covering up rapes wasn’t working for him anymore.  Either way, Muslims are not being rounded up and deported, instead Western women are being told to adhere to Sharia which demands that they dress “modestly” and have an “escort” when outside of the home.

Even the kids get in on the exchange of culture.  In Halifax, Canada, refugee children (because I guess some of them actually are children and not only military aged males) were reported to have choked a third grade girl with a chain while shouting “Muslims rule the world”.  The girl’s mother said that school faculty intervened, but that there was no discipline taken against the assailants.  The mother, who wanted to be referred to only as “Missy,” said that her daughter begs not to go to school now because of constant violent bullying.

In Twin Falls, Idaho, two elementary school aged Muslim boys stripped and sexually assaulted a 5 year old white girl while a 14 year old Muslim recorded the scene, then they urinated on her and her clothing.  Several leftist propaganda outlets “debunked” this incident because it was originally reported that the boys were Syrian refugees and that they used a knife in their attack.

The boys were not Syrian and they didn’t use a knife, they were from Sudan and Iraq, and no weapon was reported to have been used.  But they did sexually assault a 5-year-old before humiliating her further by urinating on her while filing the attack to enjoy watching later.  Local residents that complained about Muslims being forced on their community without their consent were labeled racist and white supremacists by city council members.   At least these incidents were only ignored or denied, instead of the victims being told that they caused their attacks by not following Sharia law carefully enough.

But maybe we are just “getting carried away” as the leftists would say.  After all those rapes all over the European continent were the fault of the women who didn’t dress moderately enough, or they were consenting and made up the rape charges because of racism.  Maybe assaulting a 5-year-old and urinating on her was just the result of a “misunderstanding” because of what she was wearing or maybe it was just kids being kids.

Surely adult Muslim men don’t victimize young girls, and if they did the European authorities would do something to stop it and punish them right?

Of course not.

The Higher Regional Court in Bamberg, Bavaria recently ruled that it was perfectly legal for a 14-year-old girl to be “married” to her 20-year-old cousin.  Why?  Because they were married in Syria and the “marriage” was conducted under Sunni marriage rites.  This ruling has set a precedent that is only going to get worse, 14 is not at all young for a Muslim “bride”, in fact 9 isn’t too young since Muhammad married a 6-year-old and consummated the “marriage” when the girl was 9.  I use quotations for all of this because I refuse to validate the rape of a child that is too young to give consent with terms used for legitimate relationships between adults.  So, once again Sharia law is the answer.

Surprisingly, women and children are not the only targets of Islamic violence and aggression.

Occasionally, when in large enough numbers Muslims might even attack grown men.  This happened a few years ago in Whales when a mob of pro-Palestine Muslims attacked a group made up mainly of men that were seated outside a pub.  Why were they attacked?  Because they were drinking alcohol and eating pork products.  Someone should have told these ignorant Brits that if they wanted to prevent further attacks they shouldn’t have voted for Brexit, they should have just instituted Sharia law to keep the Muslims from getting justifiably violent when offended.

Surely that kind of stuff only happens in Europe, not in America, right?  Well, not exactly.  During the Dearborn, Michigan Arab festival of both 2009 and 2010, Dearborn police stopped the distribution of religious pamphlets by a Christian organization comprised mainly of former Muslims.

This is a direct violation of American’s 1st amendment rights, since the festival was takin place in public and the Muslims were themselves distributing religious information.  Some of the Christians were even arrested.  I’m not sure what charges were trumped up against them, but I doubt the charges were as honest as to admit that Sharia law was being protected.  It is against Sharia law to attempt to persuade a Muslim to leave his religion, and it is a capital crime for that Muslim to choose to leave Islam.

There is also the famous “clock boy” incident. Ahmed Mohamad, a 14-year-old high school student of Sudanese descent, brought a “clock” he had “made” to school. The supposed clock was simply a reassembled digital clock he’d put into a pencil case, and his teacher, alarmed, sent him to the principal’s office where they called the police, because the “clock” resembled a bomb. He was arrested and questioned by police officers, who determined he had no malicious intent and released him to his parents.

The story went viral, with angry social media pitchfork mobs crying racism and Islamophobia. The boy was invited to several prestigious events relating to young people and science, and even visited the White House where his creativity was hailed by president Obama. His family also sued the city of Irvine, Texas, and received millions in compensation for their “emotional trauma”.

Nevermind that the clock he made did indeed resemble a homemade bomb, and we live in an age of constant paranoia about gruesome acts of violence committed on our schoolchildren. Because he was Muslim, apparently the school officials and police officers had no right to take precaution. When the president himself bends over backwards to accommodate someone suspected of terrorism, what does that say about our nation’s willingness to stand up against Sharia law, rape, and violence at the hands of immigrants? Or authentic terrorism itself?

But maybe I’m just overreacting.  If diabetes is more dangerous than terrorism, then maybe I shouldn’t worry about being attacked for drinking a beer, arrested for telling a Muslim that Mohammad was a false prophet, or my wife and female family members being raped and urinated on either.  I am just prone to overreacting I guess.  Worrying won’t make me any safer, I should instead spend my time concerning myself with my blood sugar and the finer points of Sharia law.  And anyone who says otherwise is a white supremacist, as always.

SurvivalRing Radio Podcast – Show 103 – Jan. 20th, 2017

Click here to view the original post.

Friday night’s  show is done…news of the day, homesteading tips, frugality, home security, and brain science…understanding how your brain responds to danger…and how to make it better. SurvivalRing Radio…we’re gonna make it out alive….catch the podcast here… As always, you are invited to be part of the show every week, either calling in, emailing […]

The post SurvivalRing Radio Podcast – Show 103 – Jan. 20th, 2017 appeared first on SurvivalRing.

Is the US a Socialist State?

Click here to view the original post.

by Aaron

A 2012 Pew Research Center poll regarding positive versus negative reactions to the terms “capitalism” and “socialism” revealed that 40% of respondents had a negative reaction to capitalism while 31% had a positive reaction to socialism. If we shift our view only to millennials, a Harvard University poll of millennials (ages 18 to 29) showed that a whopping 51% do not support capitalism, while only 33% claim to support socialism.

In the interest of fair journalism, I should point out that worded differently the polls would suggest that most millennials dislike socialism more than they dislike capitalism. So I’m not here to convince you that all, or even most, millennials are socialists – only that we have a very interesting view of the terms in this country.

I fear that a major problem here is that so few people in general understand the theories behind the terms they hear from sound bites from the media that public outcry has become lost in zealous ignorance. To further complicate things, I would argue that many of the problems inherent in American businesses are a result of quazi-socialist agendas. That is, our youth is blaming capitalism for the failures of socialism.

I think it’s pretty clear that we don’t have anything close to a free market in this country, and here’s why:

The “Trickle-Up” Economy

You’ve probably all heard of trickle-down economics, where the idea is that the more money the wealthy have (for instance, by having tax cuts and other incentives), the more money they have to invest in their businesses, and hence the more jobs they can afford to create.

Conversely, in trickle-up economics, wealth is believed to flow from the bottom up. This is because notice that the consumer is the one who drives the economy, and that a striking portion of the consumer base is under or barely over the poverty line. This includes our poor as well as our lower middle class.

It should take no convincing to recognize that the more money the lower classes have, the more money they have to spend. The more money they spend, the more money goes to the business owners, and thus the more people they can hire. The more people they can hire, the more money more people are able to make, thus generating the economy.

While this is a valid premise to build on, the “how” question is just as important as the “what” question. The liberals tend to see the solution to this as being: jumpstart the economy by throwing money at the problem.

Great. Here we go. Here’s where the problem lies. Not in the “what,” but in the “how.” So we take a portion of tax revenue and give it to the poor and lower middle class. Then what? Hopefully they’ll spend wisely? Certainly the sale of alcohol, cigarettes, and diapers may go up. But then what? We’re still taxing these businesses to oblivion anyway! And with all the roadblocks (i.e., taxes, regulations, etc.) businesses must drive over to make their businesses profitable, job growth gets stifled, meaning we have to keep throwing money at the wrong part of the problem while doing little – if anything – to solve the actual problem.

But hey, at least it’s easier for the politicians to look like they’re doing something useful with our money. And further, keeping the problem existing keeps them employed, which brings us to our next problem.

The Broken Window Fallacy

The Broken Window problem refers to a parable by 19th century French economist Frédéric Bastiat as an example of the problem with society’s view of employment. In the parable, Bastiat tells of a shop owner who’s window is broken accidentally by a little boy. In attempts to console the shop owner, townspeople tell him that they’re sorry it happened, but then again if windows didn’t get broken, then window glaziers couldn’t stay employed.

In other words, disaster creates jobs! The problem that Bastiat points out though is that with that line of thinking, what’s to stop the glaziers from paying kids to go around breaking windows so they could remain in business? Well, this is actually sort of happening by our government.

  • Cash for Clunkers

A recent example would be the government’s 2009 Cash for Clunkers program, where the government has paid people money for their old cars so that those people will spend the money on a new car. The idea was that because people were tending to keep their cars longer, their cars had to be junked in order for them to buy new ones to stimulate economic growth in the automobile industry that we had just spent billions bailing out.

The old models turned in were then junked (to be fair, some were sold for parts, but the value was negligible). So the government literally broke a bunch of windows (along with the rest of the cars) to artificially stimulate job growth.

The liberals hail this, and plans like it, as a fantastic way to stimulate job growth. Except that

  • GM and Chrysler failed on their own accords. Giving handouts to failing businesses just teaches businesses that they can be as irresponsible as they want since they’ll just be bailed out every time. It’s basically corporate welfare.
  • The old cars still had value. They got their owners from point A to B and were still reasonably reliable. So the government destroyed items that had value to create… value.
  • The money spent on new cars people didn’t need yet was money that could have been invested elsewhere. Maybe people were saving to buy a new car in the future. Maybe they were saving for something else. Just because someone else was employed by the destruction of someone else’s car doesn’t mean that there was necessarily any real net gain.

Manipulating wealth by destroying value to create value is not sound. The liberals seem to equate savings to money lost. Sure, money in savings isn’t stimulating the economy at that moment, but suppose the shop owner in the parable had been putting money into savings to invest back into his company in the future to create jobs – even to build additions to his building, requiring the work of glaziers for more windows – but now that he has to spend savings on a new window, he has less to invest into the business.

And as long as we’re destroying things to create wealth, why stop at just the window? Why not destroy entire homes!? Why not go nuts and bomb entire cities!? Which leads me to my next point:

  • War

It’s no surprise that war creates jobs. This is why our politicians have decided to funnel so much money into the military. And it’s not even just the liberals in the White House. Some of our very own are buying into the scheme under the guise of “national security.” Please, our nation is plenty secure. We spend more on our military than the next 8 super powers combined. National security my ass. Something else is at play.

For one, part of why we spend so much more than other nations is because according to NATO, all allied nations have to contribute 2% of their GDP into their respective militaries. Well, since much of Europe doesn’t believe in that rule apparently, we’ve taken it upon ourselves to spend more on a bigger military to compensate for those poor nations. How nice of us.

But then we also create conflicts overseas by funding rebels of various countries. This practice is great for our economy though! American firearms manufacturers see more work; military supplies contractors stay gainfully employed. We’re creating so many jobs… by funding terrorists.

Hell, we even go above and beyond the call of duty by funding military supplies we don’t even need! In 2014, we spent $120 million on Abrams tanks for the army that army generals repeatedly said they had no use for (and it’s in particularly been pushed by two Ohio senators. The tanks are manufactured in Ohio. Go figure).

We’ve added $1.33 billion in our recent budget on 11 F-35’s – a stealth plane that’s already years past its due date and riddled with systematic problems. $1.33 billion on planes we can’t even use yet. Proponents of the expenditure claim that we’ve already spent too much on the project over the past several years to quit now. A gambler’s fallacy if I’ve ever heard one.

I could go on and on with examples. Just last year we spent $640 million on a ship in Mississippi for the Coast Guard that the Coast Guard assured us we don’t need (Mississippi senator Thad Cochran was the main advocate of this bill). The same year, $1 billion was allocated to build a Naval ship in Maine that the Navy never did ask for (Maine senator Susan Collins pushed this bill). We’re keeping numerous bases open that serve no real purpose.

And of course with all the destruction of cities in the Middle East, our great nation is able to hire so many American contractors to deploy and rebuild those cities.

With our treating of excessive military spending and funding rebels to destroy places so we can build them back up, I’d hate to see what would happen if peace were to ever break out.

Bastiat used the term “Sisyphism” to describe such systematic destroying value to create value, named after the Greek titan Sisyphus who was punished by being forced to roll a boulder up a hill, only for it to fall back down, causing him to have to start back over rolling the boulder back up (only for it to fall again) for all of eternity. But hey, according to the liberals, at least Sisyphus will always be employed!

The “Free Market”

The free market isn’t a thing that’s ever truly existed in America, and the market has only shifted further and further away from the notion of being free. We make start-up costs for businesses super high, and this mainly affects small businesses.

Up until recently, Louisiana required florists to pay thousands of dollars for classes and state licensing before they could legally sell flowers (it physically pains me to write this). Beautician licenses are required just for braiding hair for profit in some states. It’s illegal to sell lemonade on your own property without having a vender’s license, business license, filing business taxes, etc.

You need licenses and registrations for just about everything. If you want to hire employees, that’s yet another license. Want to open up a bar? Not with the price of liquor licenses you don’t. It’s a wonder anyone starts up small businesses anymore. If we got rid of these licenses and regulations and people were allowed to engage in free exchange among consenting individuals, more people could sell items and services, open up small businesses, and hire more employees. Talk about stimulating the economy.

But the government doesn’t believe in the people’s ability to control the economy themselves without falling to disaster, so the government has taken over control of industries by artificially driving economies by a host of means – to include, ironically, disaster.

They claim all these regulations are to protect the consumer and employees. But the best regulator of businesses is the consumer. The government requires so much red tape to get anything done. Meanwhile, if the consumer finds that your product isn’t safe or friendly or whatever, then they stop doing business with you immediately.

In the words of L.N. Smith, “Every dollar you spend . . . or don’t spend . . . is a vote you cast for the world you want.” Except that even if you don’t spend your money in certain ways, the government will just bail out those failures and find ways to force – or “incentivize” – you to spend money at those businesses. And if too many votes – or dollars – are cast to businesses who are doing too well, the government will punish them.

The government tries to make everything about equality. But equality can’t be artificially created. It won’t be respected then. The economy is an organic living and breathing thing. The success and failure of businesses is evolution at play. The things that work stick around, while the things that don’t go away. It’s survival of the fittest. But not when the government intervenes. We’re not livestock. We can’t just be herded a certain way. But then if that is what’s happening, I suppose we can be after all.

So… Are We Already Socialist?

Is the US a socialist state? This is a tricky question. In socialism, every business is owned by the state and everyone is employed, since the state can open as many jobs in public businesses to accommodate everyone, whether their job is particularly useful or not.

One could argue that when the US bails out businesses that they have a stake in that company. After all, the Obama administration used the automobile bail out as leverage to get the companies on board with certain emissions practices, and the government had the businesses as collateral until they paid it off.

The US government also owns some other public industries, as well as funds industries that are run by private entities so as not to give the impression of being socialist. The government artificially manipulates the economy, seeking to even out the playing field, even if it means stifling business. The government spreads wealth amongst individuals so that everyone has what they need, regardless of whether they provide anything useful back to the system or not.

Socialism might look great on paper; everyone is employed and everyone is more-or-less classless and equal. But in practice, certain executives running certain enterprises (private or public even) might have ties to certain public officials. Connections such as these may allow their enterprise to grow at the expense of others, all while being funded by we, the tax payers. At the same time though, their profits are all theirs to keep.

So we, the people, get to fund their businesses while seeing nothing in return, and they get to keep whatever profit they make. This is the worst kind of socialism, and it leads the public to have negative views of businesses and of business people. They don’t realize that this sort of crony capitalism only exists because of socialism.

While this is going on, the working class becomes more and more complacent. Why try when the nanny state is going to take care of you? Even if you are so inherently inclined, why try to succeed when the state is just going to shut down your every attempt? After all, in socialist America, one person’s destruction is another person’s value.


Pew Research Center. “Little Change in Public’s Response to ‘Capitalism,’ ‘Socialism’”.

The Washington Post. “A majority of millennials now reject capitalism, poll shows”.

Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI). “Trends in world military expenditure, 2014”. “Pentagon Tells Congress to Stop Buying Equipment it Doesn’t Need”.

Institute for Justice. “Louisiana Florists (new challenge)”.

Prepping in 2017, Why?

Click here to view the original post.

Prepping in 2017, Why? Cat Ellis “Herbal Prepper Live” Audio in player below! This week’s show is a look into what will prepping look like in 2017 and specifically areas of herbal medicine will be critical. I get it. It’s a new year. A new president will take office in a few weeks. Many people … Continue reading Prepping in 2017, Why?

The post Prepping in 2017, Why? appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Is the Shadow Government Conspiracy Real?

Click here to view the original post.

by Megan

People from all walks of life are preppers and people prep to varying degrees and thus it’s not a surprise that within the prepper community there are different reasons people prep. For centuries, one thing most people agree on is that the evidence shows that 1% of the people control most of the wealth and the gap between the have and the have nots continues to expand. It has become clear to many people over the last several decades that perhaps this gap was due to more than just “luck” or “hard work” and that there exists a scheme on behalf of the 1% to purposefully control the wealth.

Some preppers, in fact, believe in an even deeper conspiracy, that a shadow government exists, one that truly runs the United States and maybe even the world, unbeknownst to the common citizens.  This people controlling this shadow government are referred to by many names including the “The Powers That Be”, “The Bilderberg Group”, or “The Illuminati”. It is believed that a small group of powerful elite families, influenced mainly by wealthy bankers, politicians, and the like, not only control most the wealth but influence all the mainstream media and the messages that it sends out to citizens, politics, financial sectors, and more.

In the Presidential election held in November 2016, it is said that nearly 90 million people eligible to vote didn’t vote at all. That’s nearly half the voting age population of the United States! Let that sink in. Nearly HALF the people eligible to vote in the Presidential election didn’t bother to vote at all. Is this simply the result of millennial apathy? Or is there more to it than that?

There are many people who believe that the United States government is run by this secret “shadow” government. At least a portion of those 90 million people who didn’t vote, feel that who ultimately becomes President doesn’t even matter because in the end this powerful group of elites will still be able to control what is and isn’t done in our Nation’s capital and across the country, regardless of who sits in the Oval Office. If you look to history, you will see that even former Presidents of the United States referenced this secret group and even tried to warn others of its influence.

Former Presidents Warn of Shadow Government

In fact, the very first U.S. President, George Washington, penned this warning in a letter written on October 24, 1978:

“It was not my intention to doubt that, the Doctrines of the Illuminati, and principles of Jacobinism had not spread in the United States. On the contrary, no one is more truly satisfied of that fact than I am. The idea that I meant to convey was, that I did not believe that the Lodges of Free Masons in this country had, as Societies, endeavoured to propagate the diabolical tenets of the first, or pernicious principles of the latter (if they are susceptible of separation). That Individuals of them may…actually had a separation [sic] of the People from their Government in view, is too evident to be questioned.”

This letter is now located in the Library of Congress. Research it yourself and do your own analysis of what he meant if you like.

In a letter penned to John Taylor by Thomas Jefferson, on May 28, 1816, he warns “I sincerely believe, with you, that banking establishments are more dangerous than standing armies.” And Former Vice President and U.S. Senator, John C. Calhoun, in a speech given on May 27, 1836 gave this warning: “A power has risen up in the government greater than the people themselves, consisting of many and various powerful interests, combined in one mass, and held together by the cohesive power of the vast surplus in banks.”

Franklin Delano Roosevelt wrote a letter addressed to Colonel Edward M. House in November 1933 which stated: “The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the large centers has owned the government ever since the days of Andrew Jackson.”

Theodore Roosevelt gave this dire warning, documented in Theodore Roosevelt, An Autobiography, 1913 (Appendix B): “Behind the ostensible government sits enthroned an invisible government owing no allegiance and acknowledging no responsibility to the people. To destroy this invisible government, to befoul the unholy alliance between corrupt business and corrupt politics is the first task of the statesmanship of the day.”

And from Woodrow Wilson, The New Freedom 1913 came this statement. “Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the United States, in the field of commerce and manufacture, are afraid of something. They know that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive, that they had better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.”

And finally, in an extremely bold move, John F. Kennedy delivered what came to be known as the “Secret Society” speech in April 1961 to the American Newspaper Publishers Association:

“The very word ‘secrecy’ is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings…Our way of life is under attack. Those who make themselves our enemy are advancing around the globe… no war ever posed a greater threat to our security. If you are awaiting a finding of “clear and present danger,” then I can only say that the danger has never been more clear and its presence has never been more imminent.

For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence-on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerillas by night instead of armies by day.

It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific, and political operations. Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised. No expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.”

So, at the very least, former American Presidents were aware enough of a powerful influence over the country to refer to or warn others about it.

For centuries, the existence of a shadow government, also known as the Illuminati, or the 13 families, has been talked about but dismissed as “crazy talk” or the ramblings of “men wearing tin foil hats”. But it’s no coincidence that if you look at any corporation, utility company, industry, bank, media company, etc. and follow the money it more than likely leads back to at least one of these 13 wealthiest families:

  • Rothschild (also Bauer or Bower)
  • Krupp
  • Warburg (del Banco)
  • Plantagenet
  • Hanover
  • De Medici
  • Romanov
  • Hapsburg
  • Harriman
  • Bruce
  • Sinclair (St. Clair)
  • Cavendish (Kennedy)
  • Windsor (Saxe-Coburg-Gothe)

The assassination of JFK, created a lot of buzz about a conspiracy of our government to control at least the political arena. Some people say that a group as powerful as a shadow government would never allow any whisperings about them at all. Is the shadow government conspiracy real? We cannot answer that question with certainty in this article, but we can present some of the evidence for your review. Research the topics presented here further and decide for yourself. But just remember, it’s much easier to discredit your enemies by convincing others they are foolish or crazy than it is to keep everything completely hidden.

So, if a shadow government does indeed exist, how could it be? How is that an elite group of powerful people could in fact, erode and overthrow the U.S. Constitution, right under the noses of its citizens? They would first have to take control over the following areas:

  • Money
  • Food & Water
  • Energy
  • Healthcare
  • Indoctrination
  • Dissenters

Control Over Money

Federal Reserve Act

“Give me control over a nation’s currency and I care not who makes its laws.” Baron Mayor Amschel Rothschild.

In the early 1900’s, under the Alrich-Vreeland Act, Congress provided for emergency currency and the National Monetary Commission was established with a purpose of addressing banking and currency reform. Nelson Aldrich was the Senate Republican leader and Chief of this National Monetary Commission.

Aldrich’s daughter was the wife of John D. Rockefeller Jr. and Aldrich himself was closely aligned with elite bankers like J.P. Morgan and others. Aldrich created two separate commissions, the first to study the money/banking system in America and the second, led by Aldrich, to analyze the European central banking systems.

He returned from Germany, after studying their centralized banking system, convinced that central banking was better than the current American system. Because of his ties to the elite and bankers, Aldrich was met with great opposition over central banking.

In 1910, Aldrich and representatives from banks including National City Bank of New York, First National Bank of New York, and Paul Warburg of Kuhn, Loeb & Co and Colonel House, spent nearly two weeks secluded at Jekyll Island in Georgia, hammering out the Aldrich Plan. In 1913, just three years later, and just days prior to Christmas, the Federal Reserve Act was passed in both the House and Senate. The IRS was created in the same year.

Unbeknownst to many Americans, the Federal Reserve is not in any way a government owned bank but instead is a privately-owned bank with the authority to print money and little accountability because as Former Chairman of the Federal Reserve, Alan Greenspan, once put it “there is no other agency or government that can overrule the actions that we take”.

Further evidence of this scheme is seen when you analyze the crash that caused the Great Depression. The elite bankers (Rockefellers, Rothschild, Morgan, etc.) pulled their money out just prior to the crash, which put them in the position to buy up all the wealth (homes, properties, businesses), being lost by everyone else, for pennies on the dollar.

In the 2008 crash, banks such as Bank of America, Chase, and Citibank were bundling bad loans they knew would eventually fail, so in effect, the banks caused the 2008 crash. But when the bailout came, it went to the banks that caused the crash and again individuals lost homes, jobs, and businesses.

“It is well enough that people of the nation do not understand our banking and monetary system, for it they did, I believe there would be a revolution before tomorrow morning.” Henry Ford, 1922.

If you analyze history, you will see that these crashes are a continuous cycle designed to take the real wealth such as homes, property, and businesses from the people and allow it to be bought up by the wealthy/banks. Because this has gone on for centuries, the gap between the haves and the have nots widens, and the real wealth of the country is now in the hands of a small number of powerful families.

Control Over Food & Water

Almost everything you buy in the United States is already controlled by these 10 major corporations:

  • Coca-Cola
  • Kraft
  • Pepsico
  • Nestle
  • P&G
  • Johnson & Johnson
  • Unilever
  • Mars
  • Kellogg’s
  • General Mills (See this chart found on Reddit for infographic).

  • Everyone knows that Kashi is considered a natural wholesome cereal, right? Well it was purchased by Kellogg’s for 32 million dollars back in 2000. Kellogg’s is known for using GMO’s in their cereals.
  • Lightlife Foods which is known for producing vegan and vegetarian foods like Smart Bacon was purchased by ConAgra in 2000 for an undisclosed amount. ConAgra was one of the companies that stopped Measure 27 in Oregon which would have required all products with genetically-altered ingredients to be labels as such.
  • Glaceau, Energy Brands, maker of Vitamin Energy, Fruit Water, and Smart Water was purchased in 2007 for 4.1 billion dollars by none other than Coca-Cola. One bottle contains more than ¼ the recommended daily sugar.
  • Burt’s Bees, is now owned by Clorox following a purchase in 2007 for $913 million dollars.

So just because something says all natural or organic on the label, don’t assume it is, follow the money back to the corporation and look at their history of using GMO’s and other additives, especially sugar. You’ll find there are at least thirteen small brands known for natural foods that are now actually controlled by one of the above giant corporations.

The Green Revolution was a Rockefeller (founder of Standard Oil) brainchild. It resulted in destruction of small family farms, soaring agribusiness which required vast amounts of oil products used on crops. Land, food supply, and water were contaminated. GMO’s have been introduced as a way of creating sterile seed. Heritage seed is being stored in seed vaults away from citizen access. There are Free Trade Treaties being discussed that would rob farmers of their ability to save seed. If the citizens can only access GMO seed which doesn’t reproduce well and if saving seed is declared a crime, what options are there for citizens to be self-sufficient?

Laws have been enacted under the guise of “public safety” that now make it illegal for neighbors and small farmers to sell things such as milk to other neighbors. Small dairy and livestock farmers are required to invest huge amounts of money into “required equipment”, testing, licensing, etc. or are unable to sell their milk and other products. Families attempting to move off-grid and live without being connected to public utilities are being harassed, their children are being taken away, and in some cases, they are forced to leave their home.

All these things are happening over time and you may have read or heard about some of them, but with each regulation passed, the powerful elite gain more and more control over our food and water supplies and over the ability of ordinary citizens to feed themselves and their families without being dependent on the government or corporations. This is a dangerous path because it soon puts every citizen at the mercy of the government for the food and water so vital to survival.

Control Over Energy

Our current reliance on oil is hugely beneficial to the energy companies. If you follow the money, you will find that most of those companies are owned by the same monopoly of families. John D. Rockefeller founded Standard Oil which was later broken up into smaller companies such as Exxon Mobile, BP, and others. History shows us that anything viewed as a threat to their monopoly is quickly shutdown.

The most obvious example of this suppression is the work of Nikola Tesla, an inventor in the early 1900’s. J.P. Morgan was a huge financial backer of Nikola Tesla initially. This allowed Tesla to compete with Edison when it came to electricity and communications (telegraph).

Tesla envisioned and worked on Wardenclyffe Tower, which he was convinced could produce wireless broadcasting system, transmitting messages all the way to England from the Atlantic. But the tower also could transmit electrical energy without using wiring. Tesla’s intent was to provide free electricity to the entire world simply by sticking wires into the soil. In exchange for funding, Tesla signed over numerous other patents he held.

J.P. Morgan who was deeply invested in electricity using copper wiring and he grew fearful of what free electricity would do to his industry. He cut off funding to the Wardenclyffe project. Undeterred, Tesla conducted his first and what was to be his only test of the equipment in July 1903. Just days after this testing, Westinghouse, under pressure from J.P. Morgan, confiscated Tesla’s heavy equipment for “non-payment of services rendered”. Other investors wouldn’t back Tesla after hearing Morgan had pulled funding and he was ruined.

In later years, John Bedini tried to pick up where Tesla’s work had left off. He produced charging devices that generated more energy than it takes to run them. Bedini was attacked in his lab and warned not to produce the devices shortly after he had announced he would be producing them at low-cost for everyone.

Adam Trombly, inventor and physicist, was also inspired by Tesla’s work. His device was confiscated during a government raid orchestrated by George H. Bush. Canadian, John Hutchinson, created free energy batteries and the technology to defy gravity and make things float using Tesla’s theories. His work would have revolutionized the propulsion field. His lab was raided in 1978, 1989, and again in 2000 and all his equipment was confiscated. Dr. Eugene Mallove, MIT and Harvard engineer and Editor of Infinite Energy magazine was mysteriously beaten to death in 2004.

Why? Free energy like what Tesla and his followers were producing cannot be metered and thus there is now way to charge citizens for using it. Therefore, it is a direct threat to Energy companies. Oil companies, coal, linear electricity transmitted through power lines, it’s at least a 200 trillion-dollar pocket that would all be negatively affected. The work of Tesla would change geopolitical power within a single generation. Free energy for the world is amazingly good for its citizens but ultimately bad for the powerful families and corporations so heavily invested in fossil fuels.

Control Over Healthcare

The American Medical Association which is a huge influence as a monitoring organization over the healthcare field, is largely funded by the Rockefellers. In fact, if you research where medical education comes from, a large amount of training and education in the medical field is also funded by the pharmaceutical companies themselves! The entire system feeds back into itself.

There is evidence that medical cures have been suppressed or kept from the citizens. The work of Dr. Rife in the 1920’s led to a clinical trial on 16 terminally ill cancer patients through the University of Southern California in 1934. Within 3 months all 16 patients were cured of their cancer! But not long after there was a fire at a lab testing Rife’s technology and a lawsuit followed.

Morris Fishbein, head of the American Medical Association (AMA), led the efforts to have Rife shut down. There were similar issues with the natural remedies resulting from the work of Rene Caisse, Max Gerson, and Harry Hoxey. The American Medical Association is controlled by the same power and funding that controls the pharmaceutical companies.

Control Over Indoctrination

Control over what information gets out to citizens and how we get it. In 1983, there were 50 companies in control of our mainstream media companies. In 2011, these 6 corporations control 90% of the Media in America:

  • GE (Comcast, Universal Pictures, Focus Features, NBC)
  • NewsCorp (Fox, Wall Street Journal, New York Post)
  • Disney (ABC, ESPN, Pixar, Miramax, Marvel Studios)
  • Viacom (MTV, Nick Jr, BET, CMT, Paramount Pictures)
  • Time Warner which was bought by AOL in 2001 (CNN, HBO, Time, Warner Brothers)
  • CBS (Showtime, Smithsonian Channel,, Jeopardy, 60 minutes)

GE is now out of the media industry, replaced by a merger of Comcast and NBC. When it comes to radio, Clear Channel owns 1,200 stations even though in 1995 the FCC passed regulations prohibiting companies from owning more than 40 radio stations. NewsCorp owns the top newspaper on three continents, North America (Wall Street Journal), Europe (The Sun), and in Australia (The Australian).  This gives citizens the illusion of choice

The National Education Association (NEA) was created by the Rockefeller Foundation with help from the Ford and Carnegie Foundations. This allows them to influence our education system in a way that “establishes fixed habits of response to authority”.

The Internet is currently owned by no one and everyone at the same time. It’s a network of networks with different companies owning different networks and servers. There is currently controversy over who and how the Internet will be controlled. It’s a controversy that every citizen should pay attention to as China, Russia, and the United Nations all have their eye on Internet sovereignty.

Control of Dissenters

Everyone knows that when trying to control a crowd or any other group, there will always be those that oppose whatever you are trying to do. The powers that be knew that as well. So, one of the first stages in their plan was ways to deal with dissenters or those who opposed their ideas. A major way they deal with dissenters is to discredit them, make them appear crazy or foolish, as many who have reported UFO sightings know all too well. Nikola Tesla experienced this discrediting (energy) as did many of the doctors who practiced homeopathic and natural medicine (healthcare).

Federal Funding and Control of the National Guard

Under the Militia Acts of 1792, there was no clear direction about what criteria would allow for the National Guard to be federalized. There were in fact several times when State governors refused to send their State’s militia to battle or attempted to withdraw them. Units, uniforms, and training were not standardized which made the Guard less effective.

But the Militia Act of 1903, also known as the Dick Act enacted by Congress, not only clarified the criteria under which the National Guard could be federalized, it provided federal money for equipment and training of the National Guard. This was an important change because it not only allowed for standardized group training but it meant that individual State governors could no longer refuse the participation of their state militias in battles where the National Guard was called in.

To refuse to answer a call for individual service in the National Guard meant court martial and for States refusal to cooperate meant withdrawal of funding. Several amendments to the Dick Act, including The Militia Act of 1908 and The National Defense Acts of 1916, 1920, and then 1933 further solidified the Federal control over the National Guard.

Federalizing the National Guard was important to control because it basically gives the powers that be a trained army of troops, not otherwise engaged in wars, ready to forcibly control citizens for things such as looting, rioting, or even Martial Law.

Other methods being gradually implemented with the intent of being able to exert greater control over the citizen population include:

  • RFID chips
  • National ID Cards
  • Population Control Methods
  • Desensitization (Hollywood, video games, etc.)
  • Mind Control
  • Contamination of food & water
  • Moral Corruption
  • Racial Dissention
  • Executive Orders
  • Infiltration

A secret group attempting to influence and control the United States is a hard-enough pill to swallow. The U.S. was and in some respects, still is, one of the top countries in the world. But it is in fact rumored that the Illuminati are the puppet masters of not just the United States, but the entire world and that they have orchestrated many, many events in our history trying to create a global government or global power.

It’s easy to explain away singular events or discrepancies. But if you analyze history, and if you take the time to connect the overwhelming number of dots, you can find evidence that perhaps the idea of a shadow government, with a goal of global control, is not such a crazy idea after all. We’ll present the evidence for global control and show you how it ties into the idea of New World Order in a later article.

Shadow Government Conspiracy-The Rothschild Family and Organizations Working to Implement New World Order:

“Who controls the food supply, controls the people; Who controls the energy can control whole continents; Who controls the money can control the world.”  Henry Kissinger, 1973

In a previous article, we focused on the shadow government and its control over the United States.  I wish that it ended there, but alas the conspiracy to control is so much bigger than controlling the United States. It started a long time ago and has been going on for quite some time. There is no way that everything could be laid out for you in even two articles, so I will focus on bringing your attention to the things I’ve discovered and I will encourage you to do your own research to see what else is being controlled by the puppet masters behind the scenes.

This article will focus on showing you how things were originated and manipulated across the entire world by the Rothschild family and how it was planned to eventually lead to one world government and New World Order.

Establishment of The Illuminati

Mayer Amschel Bauer, fourth son of silk trader and money lender, Moses Amschel Bauer whose counting house opened in 1750 in Frankfurt. Mayer Bauer has been called the “founding father of international finance”.

Mayer Amschel Bauer worked as a clerk for Oppenheimer Bank in Hannover and was quickly awarded junior partnership in the bank because of his intellect. He returned to Frankfurt where he bought the counting house established by his father.

The name Rothschild originated from the red star or shield that hung above that counting house. Mayer Amschel Bauer became Mayer Amschel Rothschild, a bloodline which later included “de Rothschild and von Rothschild”. Their dynasty and subsequent list of Rothschild agents is long and complex and includes names such as Morgan, Kaiser, Rockefeller, DuPont, Sassoons, and many other secret lineages.

In 1760, Mayer Bauer (changed to Rothschild) renewed his connection with General von Estorff who he had met while a clerk at the Oppenheimer Bank and through him soon curried the favor of Prince William of Hanau.

In 1770 he married Guttle Schnapper, daughter of Wolf Salomon Schnapper, and mother of his five sons and five daughters.

In 1773 Mayer Amschel (Bauer) Rothschild invited 12 of his influential friends to attend a meeting in Frankfurt and convinced them that by combining their resources, they could in fact, rule the world.

In 1776 Mayer Rothschild chose Adam Weishaupt to head the organization which was known as the Order of the Illuminati.

The Order of the Illuminati goal was to eliminate the following:

  • Governments
  • Private Property
  • Inheritance
  • Patriotism
  • The Family
  • Religion

The primary aim of this group was to implement a New World Order with a one world government.

The Early Rothschild Family Timeline:

In 1791, a 20-year charter is established as the bank of the United States, a central bank made possible by Alexander Hamilton, Washington cabinet member and Rothschild agent.

In 1798, Rothschild’s son, Nathan, goes to England. He later marries Hannah Barent Cohen, moves to London and becomes one of the major banking players.

Another Rothschild son, Salomon (married to Caroline Stern in 1800) creates S M von Rothschild, a central bank in Vienna, Austria.

In 1806, Prince William of Hanau leaves for Denmark to avoid Napoleon and entrusts his vast fortune (600,000 pounds) for keeping to Mayer Rothschild.

In 1811, Congress votes to deny the renewal of the Bank of the United States charter. Mayer Rothschild threatens Andrew Jackson with a disastrous war if the renewal is not granted. Jacob (James) Mayer moves to Paris, France and later creates de Rothschild Freres bank.

In 1812, Rothschild money backs the British as they go to war with the United States hoping to drive them into debt so they will have no option but to renew the Rothschild bank charter. In September 1812, Mayer Amschel Rothschild dies and is succeeded by Nathan Mayer as head of the Rothschild Dynasty.

1815 Began the Rothschild practice of financially backing both sides of wars. The five Rothschild brothers kept Wellington’s army funded via Nathan Rothschild in England (apparently investing the money never returned to Prince William of Hanau in the East India Company) and Napoleon’s army via Jacob in France. The Rothschild couriers, allowed to cross blockades, also kept Nathan Rothschild updated on the war progress.

London becomes a major financial center of the entire world; the Bank of England is established. The Rothschild family now has complete control over the British economy through Nathan Rothschild’s skill (some say trickery) involving British Bonds on the stock exchange floor during and following the war.

A paper system of credits and debits within the Rothschild’s five banks located across Europe (Frankfurt, London, Paris, Vienna, and Naples) replaces the shipping of gold between countries and becomes the foundation of our modern banking system.

In 1816, the Bank of the U.S. charter was renewed and the Rothschild family controls the money supply in America once more.

In 1817, massive loans were needed to rebuild from the Waterloo defeat. Rothschild agents purchased French bonds, inflating their value and then in November 1818, sold them rapidly causing a financial panic in France. Just like the Rothschild orchestrated take-over of the British economy, the French economy was now under Rothschild influence.

The Prussian government, consisting of parts of present-day Germany, Russia, Poland, Denmark, Lithuania, the Czech Republic, and Belgium, borrowed five-million pounds from the Rothschild’s in the same year.

In 1827, The life of Napoleon, a nine volume set, was published by Sir Water Scott detailed the planning of the French Revolution by Adam Weishaupt of the Illuminati and claimed that it was backed monetarily by the Rothschilds.

In 1835, Andrew Jackson, then President, perhaps because of a revelation in Sir Walter Scott’s “The Life of Napoleon”, began depositing federal money into bank other than the Rothschild’s bank. The assassination attempt on Jackson was alleged to be orchestrated by the Rothschild family as retaliation.

In this same year, the Rothschild family obtained rights in the Spanish quicksilver mines. Since quicksilver was a crucial element in refining gold and silver, the Rothschilds held a virtual world monopoly. The death of Nathan Mayer Rothschild in 1836 was followed by the victory of President Jackson in ousting the Rothschild’s Bank of The United States from America.

But in 1913, Woodrow Wilson signed the Federal Reserve Act and the Rothschild’s regained their banking foothold in the United States. Pick up a copy of “The Secrets of the Federal Reserve” (2009) for details or read The Secrets of the Federal Reserve: The London Connection (2015) which shows the network of connections among the banks and the elite families.

The Rothschild tactic of financially backing wars on both sides continued for decades in various countries and by the year 2000 there were only seven countries without a central bank owned or controlled by the Rothschild family, the Rockefellers, Warburgs, Morgans and others:

  • Afghanistan
  • Iraq
  • Sudan
  • Libya
  • North Korea
  • Cuba
  • Iran

In 2001, there remained only three countries devoid of a central bank owned or economy controlled by the Rothschild family or their agents:

  • Cuba
  • North Korea
  • Iran

Think about and/or research the most recent wars that have occurred throughout the world. Research what is currently happening regarding the remaining countries of Cuba, North Korea, and Iran. If you follow the money back far enough, you will find the Rothschild family pulling the strings behind the wars, loaning money to countries involved in the wars for fighting or rebuilding, and then soon after establishing a central bank.

Just remember when in doubt, follow the money. Chances are the money leads you back to the Rothschild family or one of the original banking families most notably the names Morgan, Rockefeller, Astors, DuPont, Schiff, Warburg, and others

Now, if you’ve never heard of the Illuminati and the Rothschild dynasty or if you’ve heard of them but always discredited it as a conspiracy theory, that’s okay. Please know that I can’t possibly make all the connections for you or even for myself at this time. The information I discovered is overwhelming and interconnected, though I’ve tried to keep it all straight. I encourage you to check my facts and do your own research into the areas you are interested in.

Organizations Created to Implement One World Government and New World Order Policies:

Committee 300

  • Founded in 1727 or The Olympians as they called themselves
  • Believe themselves to be equal in power and status to Gods of Olympus
  • The Committee looks to a cycle of global-scale social convulsions suceeded by depressions as a primary way of creating its worldwide “welfare” recipients in the future.
  • Decisions affecting mankind based on Dzerzinksi philosophy that mankind is “slightly above the level of cattle”.

For more details and information read “The Story of the Committee 300” by Dr. John Coleman.

US Trust Corporation

  • Founded in 1853 and currently Bank of America owned
  • Directors have been Walter Rothschild, Daniel Davison (of JP Morgan Chase), Daniel Roberts (Citigroup), Richard Tucker (Exxon Mobil), and Marshall Schwartz (Morgan Stanley)

The Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA)

  • Created in 1919 with Waldorf Astor at its helm
  • Equivalent of the CFR in America-but controls British Empire and England
  • Financed by the Astors
  • Created U.S. Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) by J.P. Morgan, Otta Kahn, Jacob Schiff, John D. Rockefeller, Bernard Baruch, and Paul Warburg.

The League of Nations

  • Founded January 10, 1920 as a result of the Paris Peach Conference that ended World War I.
  • Was headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland
  • Created as a forum for resolving international disputes based on the Covenant which consisted of 26 articles. Articles 11-17 dealt with establishing a Permanent Court of International Justice

Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) in the U.S.

  • Founded in 1921
  • Basically, serves as the federal government’s virtual hiring agency. Whether the White House is occupied by Democrat or Republican President, doesn’t matter.
  • 4900 member think tank, publisher, and nonprofit organization which operates in groups of 25 to create detailed discussions regarding topics related to foreign affairs.
  • Leaders in categories such as military, organized labor, industrialists, financiers, professional specialists such as doctors, lawyers, etc. are brought together
  • Since 1947, members have been DOD Secretary 14 different times and have also held just about every key Foreign Policy and U.S. National Security advisory position.
  • All to generals and admirals, a multitude of CIA directors, and Treasury Secretaries belonged to the CFR.
  • Supreme Court nominees are vetted by a CFR group prior to nomination. Some say in fact, the CRF directs Presidents on appointments not just for the Supreme Court but for High Court and many lower courts.
  • Funded by corporations and foundations including Carnegie, Ford, and Rockefeller.
  • The CFR runs America just as the RIIA runs England

 Bank of International Settlements (BIS)

  • Established in May 1930 as the central banks for central banks, it totals 60 member banks, representing countries that together make up about 95% of the world GDP.
  • Set up to handle reparations payments for the First World War. Architects were Hjalmar Schacht (Reichsbank President) and Montagu Norman (Bank of England)
  • Founding members were central banks of France, Britain, Germany, Belgium, Italy, a consortium of commercial banks including J.P. Morgan, the First National Banks of New York and Chicago, and an alliance of banks in Japan
  • Immune to the laws of all national governments and exempt from Swiss taxes
  • Was used for the Nazi money laundering during World War II
  • HQ in Basel, Switzerland with offices in Hong Kong (for Asia and the Pacific) and Mexico City (for the Americas)

World Bank

  • Founded Dec 27, 1945 by John Maynard Keyes and Harry Dexter White, HQ in Washington, D.C.
  • Owned jointly by Rothschild family and other top banking families
  • Consists of five organizations:
    • International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD)
    • Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA)
    • International Development Association (IDA)
    • International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID)
    • International Finance Corporation

The United Nations (replaced the League of Nations)

  • Founded in 1945 through proposal from a group of CFR members known then as the Informal Agenda Group. Proposal was presented to Franklin Roosevelt one day prior to him announcing it publicly.
  • HQ in Manhattan, New York with offices in Geneva, Nairobi, and Vienna
  • Manhattan headquarters sits on land purchased and donated by John D. Rockefeller
  • At its founding, CFR members were more than 40 of the delegates from the U.S.
  • An intergovernmental organization to promote international cooperation.

International Money Fund (IMF)

  • Created in 1945 following a UN conference in July 1944 at Bretton Woods, New Hampshire
  • Charged with oversight of the International Monetary System
  • Owned by the Rothschild Family
  • Highest decision-making body of the IMF is The Board of Governors which consists of one govern and one alternate governor for each member country. Typically, the minister of finance or governor of the central bank of each country is appointed by its country to the Board.
  • Will loan money to countries who are struggling under the condition that the country “fixes” its problems via policy reform.

International Court of Justice (ICJ)

  • Established 1945
  • Commonly referred to as the World Court
  • Primary judicial branch of the UN.
  • Composed of 15 judges (5 for Western Countries, 3 for African states, 2 for Eastern European states, 3 for Asian states, 2 for Latin American and Caribbean states. Five seats are always UN Security Council members (France, Russia, China, the UK, and the U.S.)
  • Settles legal disputes submitted provides advisory opinions on legal questions as brought by the UN General Assembly and international branches.

Bilderberg Group

  • First met in 1954 in Oosterbeek, Netherlands to “debate the future of the world”
  • Annual closed door, invitation only conference
  • Nearly 150 influential leaders in finance, industry, media, academia, etc.
  • Attendees have included David Rockefeller, Mervyn King (Bank of England), Alan Greenspan, George Soros, Henry Kissinger, Jean Claude Trichet (European Central Bank), Angela Merkel, Bill Clinton, Donald Rumsfeld, top representatives from the CFR and many others

Daniel Estulin spent 14-years investigating the far-reaching influence of the Bilderbergers and wrote The True Story of the Bilderberg Group in 2004, updated in 2009. He states “whatever its early mission, the Group is now ‘a shadow world government…threatening to take away our right to direct our own destinies (by creating) a disturbing reality”

Club of Rome

  • Organized in 1968 by Morgenthau Group to accelerate plans for New World Order in place by 2000.
  • Umbrella organization or marriage between the families of Black Nobility in Europe (nobility of London, Genoa and Venice) and Anglo-American financiers.
  • Planned to separate the world into ten kingdoms or regions
  • 1976 USACOR or United States Association of the Club of Rome was formed with the intention of gradually collapsing the U.S. economy
  • Henry Kissinger was a key agent in service to the Royal Institute for International Affairs. He was a member of both CFR and Club of Rome.
  • Bring about depopulation of large cities per trial run carried out by the Pol Pot regime in Cambodia. Pol Pot’s genocidal plans were drawn up in the U.S. by one of Club Rome’s research foundations. Thomas Enders, high-ranking state official oversaw the plans.
  • Club of Rome was responsible for formulating all of the NATO policies.

Trilateral Commission

  • Founded by David Rockefeller in 1973. Bilderberg member and CFR Chairman Emeritus
  • Brings together global power players such as presidential candidates, congressmen and senators, key representatives from government agencies such as CIA, NSA, FBI, etc.
  • According to Antony Sutton in Trilaterals over Washington, “this group of private citizens is precisely organized in a manner that ensures its collective views will have significant impact on public policy”.

For more information on the Trilateral Commission, read Holly Sklar’s Trilateralism: The Trilateral Commission and Elite Planning for World Management and Between Two Ages-America’s Role in the Technotronic Era by Zbigniew Brzezinski (Co-founder of TC)

The Rome Statute

  • Multilateral treaty adopted in July of 1998 at conference in Rome
  • Foundational and Governing Document of the ICC headquartered in Hague, Netherlands
  • Currently 124 member states (member states include all of South America, nearly all of Europe, half of Africa, most of Oceania)
  • Signed but not ratified by 31 additional countries
  • Has international jurisdiction over war crimes, acts of genocide, crimes of aggression or against humanity
  • Only signatory states of Israel, Sudan, The U.S., and Russia have declared they will not be party to the treaty.
  • The International Criminal Court (ICC) began functioning in 2002 as a result

Other Things Too Coincidental to Ignore

On February 7, 1950, James Warburg, CFR member and an international financial world leader, stated to a Foreign Relations Subcommittee of the Senate “We shall have world government whether or not you like it-by conquest or consent.”

“The Four Horsemen of Oil” (BP, Exxon Mobil, Shell, Chevron Texaco) are owned by the “Four Horsemen of Banking” which include: Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Wells Fargo, and Citigroup in tandem other giants like BNP, Barclays, Deutsche Bank.

Just in case that sounds too far-fetched to be true, here’s another connection, the Freemason Grand Lodge of D.C. dedicated the Washington Monument to George Washington. It is a skyward pointing obelisk. There are similar monuments in England, known as the Cleopatra’s Needle and in the Vatican City, high above St. Peter’s Square. If you study buildings owned and funded by Rockefeller, you’ll find many of them also have designs that include the sun, obelisks, or the all-seeing eye.

The District of Columbia (D.C.) flag has 3 red stars, allegedly 1 star for each city state in a three-city empire.

  • Economy is controlled through Britain
  • Military is controlled through D.C.
  • Spirituality controlled through the Vatican

There are also an entire host of Secret Societies and Groups known to be connected to the Illuminati including but certainly not limited to:

  • The highest Degrees of the York and Scottish Rites of Freemasonry
  • Knights Templar
  • The Scroll and Key Fraternity
  • Cecil Rhodes Roundtable Group
  • The Church of Saint John the Divine in NYC
  • The Ancient Order of Rosae Crucae
  • The Skull and Bones Society (Russell Trust)

There is so much more, not just banking being controlled by these families but all areas of our lives. The facts are layered and convoluted which is perhaps done intentionally to keep more people from awareness because as George H.W. Bush once said, “If the American people knew what we have done, they would string us up from the lamp posts.”

In fact, I’m sure if all of this and more were to become common knowledge, the people of the world, not just the U.S., would rise up in outrage. Are you surprised? Angry? Still a Skeptic? Let us know in the comments below.

Sources: Court

Predicting The Future!

Click here to view the original post.

Predicting The Future! Forrest & Kyle “The Prepping Academy” Audio in player below! Welcome to “The Preppig Academy.” This program in the player below is all about the future. That’s right, Forrest and Kyle predict the future. Well, kind of; you’ll have to stay alive and listen next year to see if they were right! It … Continue reading Predicting The Future!

The post Predicting The Future! appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Pizzagate Fake News or Real Cover-Up?

Click here to view the original post.

by Isabella

Prior the alleged shooting at Comet Pizza in Washington DC on dec 5th 2016, the mainstream media was doing everything it could to avoid any mention of the so-called “fake news” scandal that Wikileaks released a few weeks before called Pizzagate.  In fact, if you went on to CNN’s website and performed a search for the term “Pizzagate,” you would only come up with some obscure and asinine articles about how the mayor of New York once ate pizza with a fork.

However, if you were to search social media or YouTube, especially prior to Facebook and Reddit censoring the results, you would find that there is a disturbing conspiracy theory about a child sex ring involving high-level members of the Democratic party centering around Hillary Clinton’s campaign manager, former Chief of Staff to Bill Clinton, and councelor to Barak Obama, Mr. John Podesta, President Obama himself, and a pizza parlor in Washington DC called Comet Ping Pong Pizza.  I say “disturbing” not only because it involves child sex slaves, but also because there is an overwhelming about of circumstantial evidence to support this conspiracy theory.

However naturally, this is not according to the mainstream media.

So, let’s take a look at this in reverse.  What happened on Sunday the 4th of December at Comet Pizza in DC, and what is the media saying about it?

Allegedly, and I say “allegedly” not only cause the accused gunman hasn’t been convicted yet, but because the mainstream media loves to use the word “allegedly” whenever they deny the validity of a claim, on Sunday the 4th, Edgar Maddison Welch, a man from North Carolina, went into Comet Pizza and pointed a rifle at an employee.  He (allegedly) said that he was there to conduct an investigation.  He (allegedly) fired multiple shots into the ground, no one was hurt.  Twenty eight-year-old Welch surrendered to law enforcement and was charged with assault with a deadly weapon.

Why did Welch do this, according to the mainstream narrative?  Because of “right-wing” blogs spreading “groundless theories” about a child sex trade ring that involved, among others, the restaurant owner of Comet Ping Pong Pizza, James Alefantis.

No word on the results of Welch’s investigation.  Just that the right-wing conspiracy theory that caused all of this is totally without merit and spread by white supremacists.

So, is it this supposedly completely groundless right-wing conspiracy theory that caused Welch to storm the pizza parlor with a semi-automatic weapon?  Where did it all come from in the first place?

Depending on who you get your information from, the theory can get rather complicated. It is after all, whether you believe it to have any merit or not, definitely still just a theory.

The basic theory is this: that DC power players like Alefantis, the Podesta brothers, and even president Obama are involved, to various degrees, in the kidnapping, trafficking, molestation, rape, and possible killing of children.  There are more complexities (including some that are so unbelievable I’m only going to briefly touch on them later), but that’s the basic accusation.

So, where did it come from?

Most of it comes from the cryptic and creepy content of John Podesta’s emails that were obtained, then released by  As I mentioned, Podesta is the former chairman of the 2016 Hillary Clinton presidential campaign. He previously served as chief of staff to President Bill Clinton (an accused rapist himself) and counselor to President Barack Obama.  After tens of thousands of his emails were made public, people on the web began pouring over them looking for evidence of political corruption.  They found that of course, but what they also found was what seemed to be a code involving food.  Before we look at the emails themselves, the code is theorized to go something like this…

Pizza = Girl

Hotdog = Boy

Cheese = Little girl

Pasta = Little boy

Map = semen

Dominos = BDSM sex

There is more, but that is enough to get us started.  Now let’s take a look at a just a few of the suspicious emails. 

On Thursday, December 24, 2015, Sandler, Herbert <> wrote:

Mary and John

I think you should give notice when changing strategies which have been long in place. I immediately realized something was different by the shape of the box and I contemplated who would be sending me something in the square shaped box. Lo and behold, instead of pasta and wonderful sauces, it was a lovely, tempting assortment of cheeses, Yummy. I am awaiting the return of my children and grandchildren from their holiday travels so that we can demolish them. Thank you so much. I hope you and your gang are well. I miss you both Best wishes fro a merry Christmas and Happy New Year.


Ps. Do you think I’ll do better playing dominos on cheese than on pasta?

It doesn’t make much sense that someone would want “notice” about the shape of the box food was sent to them in.  If we look at this email with the alleged code in mind, if you can stomach it, we notice that the email takes on a whole new meaning, especially the post script section which doesn’t make any sense the way it is written.

So that’s Podesta, now on to Obama himself.

From: Fred Burton []

Sent: Thursday, May 14, 2009 2:39 PM

To: ‘Don Kuykendall’

Cc: ‘Aaric Eisenstein’; ‘Darryl O’Connor’; ‘Copeland Susan’

Subject: RE: Get ready for “Chicago Hot Dog Friday”

I think Obama spent about $65,000 of the tax-payers money flying in

pizza/dogs from Chicago for a private party at the White House not long

ago, assume we are using the same channels?

$65,000 for pizza and hotdogs?  Forget the misuse of tax dollars for a second and just think about how many hotdogs and pizzas that would be, why on earth they would come from Chicago, and why wouldn’t they eat something a little more refined if you are going to throw that kind of cash around?  And I don’t know about you, but when I order pizza with my friends I don’t ask them if they want to “use the same channels”, that’s not really pizza ordering language that I’m familiar with.  Once again, the meaning of the email takes on more significance when read with the suspected code.

There are more of these emails, some of which have reasonable explanations, others are equally creepy  when looked at through the lens of the alleged code, and make no sense what so ever the way they are written.  But is that it?  Those emails are certainly weird, but not exactly reason to storm a pizza place with a deadly weapon, right?  So, what else are these right-wing, white supremacists spreading around the internet in regards to these fine upstanding Democrats?

Well, it is more circumstantial evidence, but the potential implications definitely don’t get any less creepy.

I’m not exactly sure who first noticed this, but John Podesta and his brother Tony Podesta (an American lobbyist best known for founding the Podesta Group and being totally creepy) look just like the police sketches of the suspects in the disappearance of Madeleine McCain.  Remember, back in May of 2007 a little girl from the UK went missing while on holiday with her family in Portugal?  It was all over the news in the States.

Her parents were suspects for a short period of time, then cleared, and the police released two sketches of the suspects based on descriptions given by witnesses.

But what else do we know about either of these two that might give cause for suspicion?  To being with, Tony Podesta has a sick taste in “art,” that includes decapitated statues posed in positions that bare an eerie similarity to pictures that Jeffery Dommer (a pedophile cannibal serial killer) took of the mutilated corpses of some of his victims, as well as paintings of dead looking children laying in shallow water, and for reasons unknown, he has stuffed animals and toys throughout his creepy home despite his not having any children.

Could you imagine if Trump had something like this in the lobby of the Trump Tower, what would the leftist media say about it? How on earth could you possibly justify having any of these in your home?  This is absolutely sick.

Evidence like this, as circumstantial as it is, is disgusting and maddening.  To think of someone victimizing an innocent child evokes a response of either sickness or rage in any morally healthy person.  Unfortunately, it also leads to overenthusiastic acceptance of other, not so verifiable evidence that supports the theory, a sort of chain reaction in the mind.  When you are able to connect the dots between what seem to be coded emails, police sketches, and pedophilia “art”, the understandable anger it arouses in you makes it a little too easy to start accepting as fact other claims and accusations made against these people.

So unwittingly, many people are spreading what is quite possibly “fake news” about Pizzagate all over the internet.  This isn’t making it any easier to draw critical attention to the issue or have an intelligent conversation about it.  Most of the dubious information comes from what is allegedly James Alefantis’ formerly public Instagram account, which has now gone private.

It includes pictures of children taped to a table, pictures of children with sexually suggestive or even sexually overt hashtags, and disturbing “art” that graphically depicts what is unquestionably child rape.  The problem is, there is absolutely no way of verifying whether any of these images were actually from Alefantis’ Instagram.  Casting further doubt on this information is that many who spread the images of the pedophile “art” attribute it to being in Comet Ping Pong, for which there is no evidence.

The result of such dubious information being associated with Pizzagate is that it clouds that waters, so that when you research “Pizzagate pedophile art”, along with the creepy art done by people who have performed at Comet Ping Pong and the horrors that hang on the wall of the Podesta home, you will find images of paintings done by Ria Pratt.

But as far as I can tell, there is no connection that can be reasonably drawn between Pratt (Pratt is not the artist’s real name, she suffers from Disassociate Identity Disorder from childhood trauma, the paintings depict what she was subjected to) and Pizzagate.  All of this gives fuel to the “fake news” accusations leveled towards those that spread information about pizza gate to raise awareness about the legitimate crimes that may have been committed.

So, does the mainstream media address this in the way I just did, drawing a distinction between the evidence that can be found in the verifiable Podesta emails versus the alleged former Instagram images?  Not as far as I can tell.  All I have seen is a general “nothing to see here folks” or even the “you’re not a retard or racist, are you?  Then you must agree that Pizzagate is fake news”.

The media is behaving as though it is completely unreasonable to even suggest that people like the Podesta brothers and Obama, along with the rest of those incriminated in the emails, could ever do such a thing.  And for many people out there, that doesn’t raise an alarm.  But for those that don’t know, this isn’t the first time accusations like this have come out against people in high places.

In June of 1989, the Washington Times reported that aides in the Carter, Raegan, and Bush administration were under investigation for using a “call boy” service.  Some of the “boys” were given mid-night tours of the White House.  Nothing serious resulted from the investigation.

The “Boy’s Town incident” or the “Franklin child sex ring allegations” took place between 1988 and 1991.  Prominent politicians and celebrities were named as those that paid for the service of forced underage prostitutes.  There were no convictions, unless you count the perjury convictions for those that brought the accusations.

The McMartin preschool trial was the longest and most costly trial in American history.  It centered around a family run day care facility in California were children alleged that they were forced into prostitution for celebrities and politicians.  The incident went on from 1983 to 1990 and ended in no convictions.  This despite three-time regional FBI director Ted Gunderson stating that he found the tunnels under the day care, tunnels that the children said they were taken out through, this was independently confirmed by professional geologists and archeologists. Once again, no convictions.

Other than the blanket label of “fake” applied to all these incidents, the high profile of the alleged perpetrators, and the lack of convictions, can you guess what commonality they all share?  Accusations of Satan worship.  That’s right, if it wasn’t weird enough already, these people have all been accused not only of raping children, but sacrificing them to the devil.

So while it would not be unreasonable to say that belief in the child sex trafficking accusations brought up by the Franklin child sex ring allegations, the McMartin preschool allegations, and now Pizzagate, would qualify as a conspiracy theory, since it is a theory that multiple people conspired to victimize these children and to cover the evidence there of, it would be just as true to say that it is a conspiracy theory to suggest that multiple people who have no relation to each other, often then alleged victims including preschool aged children but also including former federal agents and professionals, have concocted fallacious stories about child sex rings and Satanic sacrifice involving politicians.   But which one of those seems more far-fetched?

Sure, small children do make some things up sometimes, but do most three-year-olds come home from school with stories of scoring a questionable number of goals during soccer, or do they come home with stories of being taken out in tunnels and flown to an airstrip in the mountains to be prostituted to the politicians they should only know through the TV while being forced to take part in Satanic rituals involving child sacrifice? That does not sound like your run-of-the-mill exaggerated child’s story.

Sometimes we don’t have all the facts, sometimes theories and circumstantial evidence is all we have.  But we have to choose the most reasonable of those theories to belief if we want to consider ourselves rational people.  So, when you look at the evidence of pizza gate, bring along your skepticism, for the validity of the evidence, and for those that dismiss it, and come to your own conclusions based on reason and all the facts that you do have.

The Imminent Threat of Societal Distrust!

Click here to view the original post.

The Imminent Threat of Societal Distrust! James Walton “I Am Liberty” Audio in player below! There is no doubt that our society has less trust in the major institutions that we have built our society on. We are moving out of a time where the people have been so inundated with truth and reality. In … Continue reading The Imminent Threat of Societal Distrust!

The post The Imminent Threat of Societal Distrust! appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Trump, Obama and Martial Law

Click here to view the original post.

by Isabella

Throughout Obama’s presidency, and particularly since 2012, there have been rumors that he would declare Martial Law in the United States, for one reason or another.

The most commonly considered possible motivation in doing so is to remain in office, and thus further his assault on the American Constitution and rule of law.  Now that the 2016 presidential election results have shown the clear winner to be Donald Trump, who Obama campaigned against as he promoted the ailing (figuratively and literally) Clinton, talks of his possible declaration of martial law in America are on the rise again.

But what most people who ask whether or not an American president can declare martial law, or confidently assert that he will, don’t realize is that there is a hidden and crucial presumption to asking the question “will Obama declare martial law?”  We’ll expose this hidden presumption in time, but let’s first take a look at what martial law is.

According to (not that I steadfastly trust Wikipedia, but to show that I did not create my definition of martial law to suit my thesis in this article), martial law can be describe in such ways as “the imposition of the highest-ranking military officer as the military governor or as the head of the government, thus removing all power from the previous executive, legislative, and judicial branches of government.”.

It goes on to state that martial law typical accompanies “the suspension of civil law, civil rights, and habeas corpus; and the application or extension of military law or military justice to civilians. Civilians defying martial law may be subjected to military tribunal…”

What you don’t see in the definition are any dramatic, Hollywood-like specifics such as tanks on the streets, sporting stadiums being converted to detention centers, or public executions of descendants.  Many people have a thoroughly dramatized view of what martial law is.  This artificial perception will have them looking for, and possibly preparing for something that in all likelihood would never occur if the president did in fact declare martial law.

You might have a hard time convincing someone of this if they’re already fully convinced that Obama is on the brink of turning our country into a military police state at the drop of the hat.  Instead of listening to what martial law is, they will likely start telling you all of the ways that Obama could “pull it off”.  While we still haven’t gotten to the heart of the matter, these potential strategies as to how an American president could “pull off” instating martial law are worth taking a look.

All theoretical martial law strategies involve some sort of conflict or emergency.  They can be broken down into two main categories, legitimate, and artificial.  Legitimate threats that could be considered possible justifications for a declaration of martial law include such events as terrorist attacks, economic collapse, or some sort of apocalyptic natural disaster (this could be anything from disease pandemic to a meteor strike).

Given the overwhelming odds that a terrorist attacking America would have a religious affiliation that would be inconvenient to the left’s narrative (Obama did, after all, call the San Bernardino shooting “work place violence” and not Islamic terrorism), I assert that it would be unlikely that Obama would want to take advantage of a legitimate terrorist attack to justify martial law.  That would only draw attention to the burka-clad elephant in the room that the left would prefer not to talk about.

With markets on the rise after the “Trump rally”, it’s also unlikely that there will be any legitimate economic crisis that he could conceivably use to justify martial law between now and inauguration day.  It seems he missed his chance with Ebola, though his administration seemed to do as little as possible to stop it from spreading on American soil, so a legitimate threat is unlikely to be the cause of an Obama order for martial law.

That leaves only artificial causes, and this is where most theorists look.  Obama has already proposed controversial legislation that would limit the rights of Americans after dubious incidents.  After the Sandy Hook shooting, while wiping away tears that HD cameras couldn’t detect, he proposed restricting gun rights for law-abiding Americans.  Members of his administration have spoken recklessly of war with Russia over vote tampering, which they would love to have evidence of right about now.  And there is always the unknown false-flag terrorist attack that could be launched between now and inauguration that could be used as justification for a declaration of martial law.

But is any of this necessary?  Does Obama need to hope for a mega-tsunami to strike, or pay Kraft International operatives to pose as white supremacist Trump supporters shooting up the streets of America?  To think that he needs any of these incidents is to presume a lot.  Let’s look at what I called the hidden presumption in the original question, “will Obama declare martial law?”.

To ask IF Obama WILL declare martial law requires that one presume he hasn’t already done so.  When asked the question “has Obama declared martial law?” most people would say no.  This is because they haven’t been told by CNN or by Fox News that he made any such declaration, and because they haven’t seen any tanks in the streets or public executions that they associate with martial law in their minds.

That’s why I started with a description of martial law, so that we would have a some-what accurate idea of what to look for when determining whether or not Obama already has declared martial law, which I will say that he has, and I think you will too when you see my evidence for this.

Let’s look at the first part of the above description of martial law.  It begins describing martial law by saying it is “the imposition of the highest-ranking military officer as the military governor or as the head of the government, thus removing all power from the previous executive, legislative, and judicial branches of government.”.

The president is the highest-ranking military officer, so we do not need a military coup d’état for this to take place in America (that would require the military service men actually backing the president), all we need is for the president to “impose” his rule in a way that nullifies or usurps that other branches of government.

Has Obama done this?  I would certainly argue that he has at the very least attempted to do this with his excessive and restrictive executive orders.  It’s not that he has issued more orders, it’s that, as John Hudak of the Brookings Institute said, “not all executive orders are created equal, some are quite forceful, making dramatic changes to policy. Others are more routine, housekeeping issues.”

What sort of executive orders was Obama making?  According to the Mercatus Institute, a study that looked specifically for legally-binding and restrictive words or phrases found that Obama issued more such orders than any of the last six administrations except the first Clinton administration. Obama has attempted, but mostly failed, to use his “pen and phone” to push his leftist agendas into American law on gun control and illegal immigration.  But this alone isn’t enough to convince anyone, including myself, that Obama has declared martial law.  Let’s look at more of the above description of martial law.

the suspension of civil law, civil rights, and habeas corpus; and the application or extension of military law or military justice to civilians. Civilians defying martial law may be subjected to military tribunal…”.  On Dec, 31 2011 Obama signed into law the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2012.

The controversy over this began almost immediately and understandably centered around, but was not limited to, section 1021.  This section included “authorizing the indefinite military detention of persons the government suspects of involvement in terrorism”, this includes American citizens, but conveniently leaves open the possibility of foreigners anywhere on the planet.  This isn’t only the view of Alex Jones’ Info Wars, but organizations such as the ACLU which nearly always aligns itself with the democrats.

This is on a completely different, and horrifying level than using legally restrictive words in executive orders that will be ruled illegal by the Supreme Court or easily undone by the next president, as Trump has repeatedly said he will, “on day one”.  Obama made the right to trial by a jury of your peers a privilege, and not a right, if you are accused of the serious, yet vague crime of being suspected of “involvement in terrorism”.

Think on that for a minute: if you are an American, or even if you aren’t, the US military can forcibly detain you in military custody for the rest of your life without so much as charging you with a crime and without allowing you any legal representation or recourse.

Every president issues executive orders that his critics say are illegal, and imprisonment in military custody without trial for the rest of one’s life sounds a lot like martial law, but surely he isn’t publicly executing people…right?

Well, that depends on how you define “public” and “execute”.  But I don’t think it’s being too loose with those words to apply them to the admitted extrajudicial murder of Americans abroad via drone strike.  Obama did just that on Sept 30, 2011 when he ordered a drone strike in Yemen which killed American citizens Anwar al-Awlaki and Samir Khan.

Let me be clear and say that both of these men were more than likely terrorists, but that’s of course what you would do to soften the appearance of making yourself judge, jury, and executioner.  If he had chosen a victim that was less clearly a terrorist it would have been all too obvious that we were no longer living in a civilized society of law and order.

So when you pose the question of whether or not Obama or any other Commander-in-Chief will declare martial law is, he already has, and most people didn’t even notice it.

I would argue that for Americans, and for the world, the more important question now (despite Jill Stein’s recount) is whether or not Trump will do anything to reverse the effects of what Obama has done to destroy the rule of law.  To many Trump supporters, this question borders on blasphemy.  But as a Trump voter myself, I’m not feeling as reassured as I’d like to be.

President-elect Donald Trump has not yet named his nominee for secretary of Department of Homeland Security, but Milwaukee County Sheriff David Clarke’s name is being floated around for the position.  With the rise of race-based, unsubstantiated accusations against police officers, anti-police rhetoric, and violent crime targeting law enforcement, I have found Sheriff Clarke’s commentary refreshing.  He puts race-baiters on CNN in their place and silences (as much as it is possible) BLM representatives at a time when dissenting voices are dismissively labeled as racist.

However, I was more than a little disappointed when I read online that in an upcoming memoir Clarke stated that he believes American authorities should treat American citizens suspected of being terrorists as “enemy combatants” who can be questioned without an attorney, arrested by authorities and held indefinitely.  That sort of thing coming from someone who has sworn to uphold the United States constitution is more than disconcerting.  In fact, it’s terrifying.  If the “law-and-order candidate” and elected law enforcement officers, have so little respect for the rule of law, then what do we have to look forward to?

I can’t help but to feel that we have dodged a bullet by preventing Clinton from entering the White House.  But my relief is starting to wane.  Having a president who feels entitled to treat me like a criminal is, unfortunately, not something that is new to me, having just lived through the Obama years.

What really concerns me that so few of the people who would eagerly listen to me rant about the evils of the Obama administration care to listen me when I am trying to point out the similarities that can already be found in president-elect Donald Trump, and those he keeps close to him.

Only time will tell.

FEMA – How Bad Will It Get?

Click here to view the original post.

by Ryan

As a survivalist and prepper I pride myself on being prepared for any situation and on staying current with the news that affects those situations. I have prepared for natural disasters such as flooding, earthquakes, wildfires, tornados, and volcano eruptions. I have also prepared for civil unrest, foreign invasion, nuclear attack, and pandemics. However, with many of these survival scenarios the real danger comes afterwards.

In any situation where the population cannot support itself without government aid, martial law could be implemented. The defining aspect of martial law is that your rights as a US citizen mean nothing. The government is authorized to do whatever is needed to keep the peace and control the situation. FEMA is one of the agencies given the authority to act during martial law. FEMA was created to help people survive disasters, and they could do some good. However, any organization having unconditional control over a population is very dangerous.

Recent events indicate that this possibility may be a reality in the near future. FEMA refugee camps have been set up all over the country and stocked with millions of dollars of food, water, and medical supplies. Sounds great, right? The government would have you think that these camps were set up to support refugees from the Middle East. However, they have been designed to support about 5 million people. With the US only taking in about 15,000 refugees, it is obvious that these camps have been built for something much larger.

There have also been reports of the purchase and transport of large numbers of military vehicles, specifically armored cars and tanks. Huge amounts of hollow point ammunition have been purchased. In addition, cadaver incinerators and containers have been built and installed at these camps. Drills have been conducted to test FEMA’s response efficiency, their alert system, and the reactions of the American public. FEMA is preparing for something big.

So what action will FEMA take if given the opportunity? It is hard to say what they will do, but we can say what they have the means to do. Their first goal would be to control as much of the population as possible. This may start with a curfew or check points going in and out of major cities.

FEMA has a limited number of soldiers, so they will take any action they can to efficiently control citizens. Initially they will take volunteers to these camps as some people will trust the government. Whatever disaster we are facing, some people will be scared enough to uproot their families and ask for help. In the event of flooding or structural damage, people in certain areas would be asked to leave for their own safety.

The next step that could be taken would be to forcibly round up citizens and bus them to these camps. To do this transportation would be shut down with roadblocks on any bridges or highways entering and leaving major cities. Having limited forces, FEMA would target only the largest cities such as New York and Los Angeles. They would also focus on cities where firearms are illegal like in Chicago. This would allow FEMA to safely control a very large number of people and move them to the camps.

To help along the process, they would likely shut down supplies to the city. Trucks would not be allowed in or out, so that means shipments of food, water, fuel, and medical supplies would be halted. The shelves of the grocery stores and gas stations would be picked clean within hours. The sale of guns and ammunition would be halted, and guns would be seized as often as possible.

In cities where firearms are legal, they pose a huge threat for the troops working with FEMA to round up citizens. Fortunately for them, most firearms purchased in the last decade are registered with the government. This means that armed troops may initially go door-to-door with that list collecting firearms. Then when they are ready for the round-up there will be much less risk of injury.

Utilities would also be shut down to control the population. Water, gas, and electricity would be turned off essentially giving the people a maximum of three days before they would need aid. At that point most citizens would volunteer to leave just to avoid dying from dehydration or exposure. In a city like New York, FEMA would have control of 8 million people in 72 hours. Only about 1% of the population have the skills needed to survive without utilities, and most of those people do not live in large cities.

Financial institutions would be shut down immediately rendering cash near worthless. Credit cards would no longer be valid, so the supplies you have on hand are likely all you will get. With the flip of a switch, the government can shut down your debit and credit cards forcing you to rely on FEMA for essentials such as food, water, fuel, and medical supplies.

Of course, part of effectively controlling a population is controlling the media. Television, cell phones, radio, and the internet would either be manipulated or shut down entirely to prevent a panic. For most people, the only information they will get regarding their situation would be fed to them by the government. Only those that use alternative forms of communication such as HAM radio would have access to legitimate information.

The good news is that these camps can only hold about 2% of the US population, so most people will be unaffected. In a recent survey it was shown that 94% of the US population lives on 5% of the land. Because of the limited staff and resources of FEMA, they will be forced to focus on that 5%. That means to stay safe you just have to make it outside of the most densely populated cities before SHTF.

The rounding-up process is a little scary, especially when you remember all that ammo that FEMA purchased. They would not spend all that money unless they intended to fire those rounds. Once the local police is overrun, gang violence could be out of control. Any troops used to round up citizens would likely be trigger-happy.

However, the really frightening idea is what they could do to people in these camps. Once these people are confined and are relying on FEMA for their next meal, it would be easy to create a prisoner labor force. They could also force refugees to pick up a gun and help round up more citizens. FEMA could greatly increase their numbers this way.

The worst scenario would play out if they decide to use the cadaver incinerators that have been installed. All FEMA would need to do is claim that a disease is spreading through the population, and they would have an open pass to kill anybody they wanted to. There is evidence that this may have taken place during WWII in the Japanese internment camps. There are plenty of times in History when a country has allowed mass extermination in the name of public safety.

The FEMA discussion is not black and white. They may take full advantage or they may do the right thing, but chances are their actions would fall somewhere in the middle. Some troops will blindly follow orders while others will fight to help people. The only way to be sure that you and your family are safe is to avoid the camps altogether. Once you are in a camp, it is too late to do anything about it.

The best way to accomplish this is to stay out of major cities. This is a good idea for several survival reasons, but it is especially important to survive martial law. Cities like New York will become death traps. With it being an island, there are only 16 points that require an armed roadblock and the city is locked down. As people get desperate, violence and looting will spill into the streets. Even prepared survivalists would be in grave danger if they got trapped in the city.

Now that you have an idea of what may happen, do not wait to take action. It is just a matter of time before some version of martial law is implemented, and it will not be the first time it has happened in the US. By the time you hear that FEMA is locking down your city, it will already be too late. The road blocks will be in place and communication will be cut off. Be smart about it and remember that the danger is not who has control over you, but simply that they have control over you.

Setting Things Straight on Racism

Click here to view the original post.

by Timothy


“a belief that race is the primary determinant of human traits and capacities and that racial differences produce an inherent superiority of a particular race”

You may be wondering why I began this article with Webster’s definition of racism. To be honest, when I looked it up, I wasn’t certain what it would say. Like most of you, I’ve heard the term so much lately that I’ve nearly forgotten what the actual definition of the word is. I was quite surprised to discover how narrow the definitions is.

The left is clearly the source of this confusion, though. They not only change the meanings of words to fit into their narratives of progressive change but they also they also change it so that its use will fit anyone with whom they disagree. This is not an accident and, I believe, it is done by design.

Just like history itself, in the liberal world, definitions are “flexible”. That should come as no surprise since we are talking about a group of people who believe that the Constitution of the United States is likewise “flexible”. Given that this is the case, why should Merriam-Webster have any special protections?

History, like common sense, is an ‘MFer’, as my Drill Sergeant used to say. History cannot be rewritten, only forgotten. Let’s remember a few of these facts from a time that was not so very long ago in the eyes of history. As much as the left would like you to forget it, they truly are the party of segregation, discrimination, and racism.

It was the Democratic Party that began the civil war in an attempt to maintain slavery and it was the first Republican President that made slavery go away. It was the Democratic Party that fought to keep schools segregated in the south in the 1960’s and it was The Democratic Party who elected and embraced two Senators who were former KKK members.

Amazingly, and they deserve a lot of credit for this, they have positioned themselves in the eyes of the media, and to the uninformed, to claim the title of protectors and guardians of minorities. This became necessary because the old title of protectors and guardians of the working class was so obviously false that they gave up saying it. Of course, as far as the media is concerned, they no longer have to convince them because “them” is “they”.

I grew up in a very small town in West Virginia and like a lot of small towns, we did not have very many minorities living there. In fact, the few that did live there and that I went to school with, were never seen as anything other than fellow students and friends. Nobody, that I knew anyway, used disparaging remarks or told off-color jokes. If someone did, it was likely that they thought that they were telling funny punch lines about people that they had never met. They were never directed at our classmates.

It was not until I joined the army that I saw genuine racism first hand and it was alive and well on all sides of the ethnic fence. I remember being genuinely perplexed as to why some minorities would not talk to me or eat with me in the mess hall, simply because I was of a different race. I know, I sound like I was some kind of hick, right off of the farm, and maybe I was. However, it goes to the point that I am leading up to.

Coming at it from another angle, have you ever noticed that grade school children will play with anyone, be friends with anyone, and the idea of race never crosses their minds? It’s not until later, as they get older and undergo “diversity training” that they begin to think that there might be some differences between people after all.

The point that both of these arguments are meant to show is that human beings, by their very nature, are free of the bonds of separation by race until some ‘do-gooder leftist’ points them out. Then they begin telling them what they shouldn’t do, what they shouldn’t say, and what they shouldn’t think. None of which most people would ever contemplate doing, saying, or thinking until after it was suggested to them.

I often wonder if the minorities of the 1950’s would even recognize the word ‘racist’ as it is being thrown around today. I suspect they would be as confused as we are at its application. Of course, it’s a word that is reserved for the sole use of the left and never directed at themselves but at people with different political viewpoints.

So maybe we should take a look at what is racist and what is not, as it pertains to Webster’s definition. We’ll analyze the situation in a way that the left cannot analyze anything, without emotion and feelings. In other words, we’ll examine it factually.

Would it be racist for a person to imitate the speech patterns or mannerisms of a particular minority, even if they do so in a room full of people? Joe Biden will be relieved to know that the answer is no. He probably had his doubts after he addressed a group of black supporters by adopting his best southern drawl and informed them that Republicans  “are gonna put yall back in chains”.

Would it be racist to refer to young, black men as “super-predators” and suggest that the remedy was to “bring them to heel”? Not according to Webster’s definition. I’m sure Hillary Clinton will be relieved to know that she’s off the hook even though those comments were hers, while she was First Lady.

Here’s another one. Could we point our finger in horror and scream “racist!” at the top of our lungs if someone said that a few years ago, President Obama “would have been getting us coffee”? Nope. That lets Bill Clinton out of progressive exile for his 2008 comments.

We could go on and on for pages but the point has been made, I think. In none of these cases was there evidence that any one of these speakers had a deep-seated, unshakeable “belief” that race is the primary determinate of human traits and capacities. Most people would agree that they were in bad taste but nobody can say that the described belief was present when the words were said.

In fact, according to the definition, it would be very difficult to stick anyone with that label. How in the world would I know what your true beliefs are, or you mine, without a very long discussion or a lot of written evidence? We can say with some safety that the fundamental tenants of the KKK are racist because they’ve been written quite clearly and spoken about often. We could safely say that Adolph Hitler falls into that camp as well, but does it apply to your neighbor who likes to tell ‘off color jokes’ to his buddies when he drinks PBR. Again, not according to the definition.

Here’s a harder one. Is it racist to go into the inner cities every four years and promise large groups of minorities that you are going to make things better if they’ll vote for you (then create policies that actually harm them)? No, it just makes you a career politician (and most likely a democrat).

So with those studies I think we can quickly jump ahead and surmise that General Flynn is not going to re-segregate the military, Trump does not hate Hispanics because he promises to control the borders and anyone disagreeing with President Obama’s policies is not racist.

The left loves the word “racist”. So far they have applied it to every cabinet position that Donald Trump has filled and have used it on him so often I don’t think that anyone could ever get an accurate count. The media takes up the same cry toward anyone who does not fall into line with their beliefs because they both rely on the same playbook. When all else fails, use the “R” word.

This expanded definition racism is just as much alive overseas as it is at home, in the US. This is evident from the reaction of not only the left but also foreign nations, when now, President-Elect Trump suggested a ban on immigration from terrorist-harboring nations. Although this is clearly a national security position in the eyes of the majority, many foreign nations have declared the proposal to be racist. Yet, the definition makes no mention of religion as an element of racism and migrants are of varied ethnic origins. So how can this position be classified as racist?

The truth is that the immigrants who have been granted access to the West, such as in Germany, where the UN estimates there are more than 6,300,000 of them roaming free, have proven that open borders and unrestricted movement are not the answer. Reuters reported that according to their source within the BKA federal police, refugees from Syria are linked to 69,000 crimes within Germany in the first quarter alone. This is clearly not a racial problem but a one of security.

In the UK, which presumably did not want to be seen as ‘racist’ any more than the Germans, there are 897 Syrians being held for crimes as of this summer (07/2016). The UK government has been denying claims that it attempted to cover up these stats, and chief among the crimes committed was rape. I suppose that this should come as no real surprise given the Islamic view on women and the way that they are treated in the Middle East, but it would seem that western females are now paying the highest price for Europe’s anti-racist posturing.

While the definition of racism seems to be ever-expanding, it has not expanded so far as to include white people. While the United States has gone to great lengths to define many of the crimes against minorities as “Hate Crimes”, it would seem that there is no equivalent comparison to that when it is minorities who commit the crimes against white people. The amount of evidence uncovered in these cases that might show a particular criminal hates white people and singles them out as victims make no difference.

If you ask a liberal why racism cannot apply to white people, they will tell you that it is because white people have all of the power and the privilege in society, therefore they cannot possibly be victims of racism. You see, this is where everyone agrees that the expansion of the word racism must  stop. It must stop before everybody is subject to the same litmus test. If everyone is judged the same, the left knows that they may find that they fall quite a bit short of their own rhetoric.

It remains to be seen what ramifications our society will have forced upon it by the election of Donald Trump to the Presidency but I would like to make a prediction on one of them right now. Over the last two years, we have heard the word “racist” applied to everybody and everything so often that it has lost its potency as a warning. I honestly don’t think people even listen when they hear the word anymore, I know I don’t. I can honestly say I am as sick of the “R” word as I am of hearing people use the word “so” as a qualifier for every emotion in the English language. “I am so over the word racist!”

There is danger here as well, though. Just like the little boy who cried wolf too often, one day we may actually have a bonafide, confirmed racist running for office and nobody will listen to the screams of those who try to point it out.

Words like racism, child-molester, and bigot have a great deal in common with a .357 magnum. You’d better be certain before you pull that trigger because once that round heads down range, there’s no calling it back. Everybody reading this knows that if you spend too much time on the range, you’ll do one of two things. You’ll either put on hearing protection or you’ll go deaf to the all of the gunshots around you.

An Open Letter to College Protesters (from a middle-aged, middle-class, working guy)

Click here to view the original post.

by Timothy

I would like to speak to all of the anti-Trump protesters that I see daily on my television screen after I return home from work each day. It appears to me that most of you are college students who range from 18-22 years of age, although I am aware that there are older, more ‘professional’ protesters among you as well. These are most likely the organizers and the demonstrators-for-hire who have found a way to make a living, floating from one city to the next in order to agitate the nation at a time when we should be trying to come together.

If you are one of the young, well-meaning, college aged kids reading this and you are able to make it all of the way through this letter without retreating to your ‘safe place’ where contradicting views are not allowed to penetrate to you and thus upset the delicate balance of your own belief system, perhaps you will see the world a little differently. If you never make it past this paragraph before you need to seek anger therapy, I would like to thank you for trying.

To begin with, I feel an obligation to tell you that you have been grievously cheated. I don’t mean cheated in the election. I mean slighted by your college professors but also by your parents. Do not be too hard on them, though, I’m certain that they love you and want the best possible world for you, they simply became swept up in the politically-correct world version of child rearing and, as we (parents) can see, it does not work.

You see, way back in the 1990’s when that old guy (the one married to Hillary Clinton) was President, a movement began. It seemed funny at first, even cute sometimes. It began with people, who have never lived in the real world, telling the rest of us what words we could use when we spoke to someone or wrote something. For example, we were told to say “Happy Holidays” instead of “Merry Christmas” so that we didn’t offend the small minority of people in America who are not Christian. A woman could no longer be referred to as such and should, at all times, be called a “female”. Global Warming was the new religion of the 90’s, though this would later be recoined as “Climate Change” when the error of boxing one’s self into a corner became clear. There were hundreds more.

Your parents most likely conceived you as most of this was taking shape and we came to learn that it does not take parents to raise a child, rather an entire village. So all of these centuries, parents had it wrong. You only needed neighbors! Being busy with their careers and wanting only the best for you, they doled out “time-outs” for punishment and told you that it doesn’t matter if you win or lose, you will get a trophy anyway. As the father of three girls, I understand it. There were certainly times when I wished I could have caved into those methods of child rearing and given my bright-eyed daughters trophies for everything they did (whether it was done well or not). They were so cute!

Also, while you were running around in diapers and learning phrases like “save the planet” and “you can’t say that to me”, doctors began giving concerned parents explanations for their children’s questionable behavior. Things like ADD became rampant throughout the suburbs as did a plethora of other acronyms. This, we were told, is why your child wears their pants below their butt and has run-ins with the police. It was okay, though, because they also gave us cures for these mysterious ailments. Fortunately, there were plenty of pharmaceutical companies (you know, the 1% of the population that are filthy rich) that wanted to make the drugs to control your condition. Prior to this we were ignorantly referring to such children as “delinquents”. The dark ages, indeed.

Then the 1990’s came to a close and after we had elected a new President, we were attacked. We were attacked by Islamic, Fundamentalist, Terrorists who killed 3000 of our own citizens, right here in America. That’s 3000 brothers, sister, mothers, and fathers, who never came home. Probably more people than you have as “friends” on Facebook! For a brief flicker of time we all came together as one country. You see true fear will do that to people. They suddenly huddle together and wait for someone to figure out what to do next.

On September 10th, the day before the attacks, we were discussing incredibly important topics in the news such as Slave Reparations and Global Warming (oops, sorry. I mean Climate Change.). On September 11th, as your parents were rushing to your school to scoop you up and take you home, we learned that there might have been some other topics that we should have discussed.

President George Bush was our President then and despite all of the odds, he managed to prevent any further attacks on our country. Let me say that again. None, in the 8 years that he was President. No soldiers killing soldiers on an army base, nobody making bombs out of pressure cookers, None. This allowed us to go back to focusing on things that really matter such as the spotted owl and shutting down coal mines.

So it was in this environment that you grew up. Believing that there are no losers and everyone is a winner and you must always, always, have things your way. With beaming hearts and pride in their faces, you parents then sent you off to colleges that would not only reinforce these beliefs but put them into practice. No longer did you have to listen to any contradictory ideas. What used to be a veritable think-tank of ideas and counter-ideas (college campuses) began creating “safe zones” and un-inviting any speaker with whom you might disagree.

As the current President, Mr. Obama, came into office things began to change for us (the middle-class worker). Suddenly the economy was having problems recovering from a nasty housing collapse, factories were flooding across the Mexican border so that they could make more money, and we had all kinds of terrorists attacking us, all of the time. You see President Obama, well-intentioned like your parents, thought that if we were all nice enough to mean-spirited countries who hated us, they would like us if for no other reason than we were nice.

Part of this plan was to turn blind eyes on efforts to make nuclear weapons by these countries and to deplete our military to historic lows in order to show them that we mean them no harm. It’s sort of like you laying your pencil down in the middle of a test when you realize you might finish faster than your classmates and you don’t want to hurt their feelings. Just like your classmates, the rest of the world labeled us as schmucks and the attacks came in earnest.

Four years ago, we (again the people who are too tired from work to run around the streets at night and destroy things) nearly changed the direction that the country was going in when a guy named Mitt Romney ran against President Obama. The problem was, his policies were not really that much different from the man whom we wished replaced. So most of the country agreed to just keep the one we had. It was close, mind you, but probably for the best. We prevented the unpleasantness of the two families having to relocate to different cities. In all likelihood, that would have been the only significant change.

It seems that both parties were unable to provide an honest, not in it for me, non-career politician. So you’ll have to forgive our enthusiasm when a party finally found a real outsider. You, most likely a Bernie fan, should understand that. The difference is that Trump, unlike Bernie, knows that nothing is “free” and that somebody (a.k.a. working, middle-class Americans) must pay for every promise that Bernie, and people like him, make.

You see, in our eyes, Trump has so much money it’s ridiculous to think that he would sell us out in order to make a mere 150 million dollars on the speaking circuit. This is important because it makes us think that for once, somebody might actually make decisions based on what is good for us, not some fringe, special interest group. Trump trying to make another 150 million at the expense of his legacy would be like you giving up Twitter to mail letters. Pretty unlikely.

I’m sure that in your economics class you were told what a terrific recovery our nation is enjoying but honestly, 1% growth per quarter = no growth whatsoever. The biggest desire that we (your parents) have is that we are able to fend for ourselves in our old age and not be a burden on you or have to accept hand-outs from the government. You see, once you graduate and presumably go to work every day for the next 40 or 50 years, you will also want to be able to keep the house you live in and not pay eternally for “free” college for other people’s kids.

One day you will go to work and you will begin to pay taxes. As you struggle to pay not only for your own hopes and dreams in this lifetime but also those of your children, you will understand this letter much better. You see, we cannot possibly continue to afford your tuition, your prescription marijuana, and your X-Box games if we continue to lose jobs in this country.

While it may seem to you that the world as you know it has ended keep in mind this is only because you don’t recall that when you were 8 or 10 years old, and we had a different President. Yet the country is still here for you to burn and slander.  Our founding fathers were very intelligent men and they formed a government unlike any that existed then or that exists now. It is loaded with multiple systems of checks and balances that ensure it will survive any one Presidential Administration. The office of the President is bigger than any, one person and always will be.

You may not like Donald Trump and there are many people who voted for him that do not necessarily want to invite him over for dinner. What you are missing, though, as you stomp your feet and throw bricks through other people’s dreams, is that this election was a reminder to our politicians that they work for us, all of us, not themselves and the people who pay their graft. This election was about the direction of our country, not which candidate can call the other one the worst name or which one has the most “star-power”. We traveled down that road while you were speaking with your school counselor about your hurt feelings.

So take my advice. Go back to college, study hard, and focus on what you can do to make your own life better. Our country will still be here after you graduate, find a job, and start your own family. Hopefully when that time comes you will teach your own children that everyone really is responsible for their own actions and that the party of “inclusion” really isn’t.

Prepping for Tomorrow endorses Donald J. Trump

Click here to view the original post.

Prepping for Tomorrow endorses Donald J. Trump for President Bobby Akart “Prepping For Tomorrow” Audio in player below! On this week’s episode of the Prepping for Tomorrow program with Author Bobby Akart, we’ll discuss politics and the 2016 Presidential election, from a libertarian prepper’s perspective. I’ll discuss why I endorse Donald J. Trump for President. … Continue reading Prepping for Tomorrow endorses Donald J. Trump

The post Prepping for Tomorrow endorses Donald J. Trump appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

He’s alive…and part titanium! Plus, the very core of preparedness

Click here to view the original post.

Me after no sleep after surgery…19 hours later…Advertisements I wrote the below about 6 hours ago while trying to find some semblance of sleep. Considered it a brain dump towards that goal, and found I needed to thank a lot of folks on Facebook who knew this surgery was hard-fought for, difficult to reach, and […]

Opinion: Taking sides…

Click here to view the original post.

From Elie Wiesel’s Nobel Peace Price acceptance speech in 1986: And then I explained to him how naive we were, that the world did know and remain silent. And that is why I swore never to be silent whenever and wherever human beings endure suffering and humiliation. We must always take sides. Neutrality helps the […]

Opinion: Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of a healthy future…plus, PODCAST!

Click here to view the original post.

14046128_10153637470286268_6038572892736391891_nUpdate: In case you don’t know, I’m going under the knife next week. T minus 2 workdays until *New Knee Day*… As before, the pain level escalates. Had to use the cane today at work, and had to explain to most coworkers why the cane…because my meds are not helping with pain management, since I’m […]

A Toxic Brand & Trump’s Most Heinous Sin

Click here to view the original post.


Hillary Clinton is well on her way to 300 electoral votes in November and delivering a near Reagan-esque clinton_article_picturelevel ass-kicking for Democrats. As unlikely as it seemed only a year ago, a career politician as corrupt as the day is long will win the election, even with net favorable ratings in the negative double-digits.  She’ll dissolve our borders, stock the Supreme Court with vegan, transgender tree-huggers and use the power of the federal government to build a nanny state to manage every aspect of our lives.

By Professor Liberty Mize, a contributing author of SHTFBlog

All while the red ink flows and individual Liberty wanes.  And yet, while her election is one man’s fault, it still isn’t the worst thing he’s done.

Sending The Party Off A Cliff 

While Donald J Trump may have handed the keys of this republic to a profiteering, untrustworthy mental midget, his most heinous crime against Liberty has gone largely un-noticed.  Donald not only engineered Hillary’s win and put the Republican party on life support, his true sin against humanity is the damage he’s done to the conservative brand.  Despite never earning conservative support, he’s now intent on driving conservatism off of a cliff.  The result will foment decades of distrust and be much more damaging than a single Hillary Clinton term.

Also Read: Election Thoughts From a Survivalist

Sound dramatic?   I assure you it is not.   Your average voter, particularly the young, now associates conservatism with Trump.  They think that all conservatives agree with him, act this way behind closed doors and endorse his behavior.  Donald Trump is playing a cartoon character of every conservative stereotype and making it simple to paint us all with a broad brush and a palette filled with – racism, misogyny, dishonesty, and hypocrisy.  This will undoubtedly have repercussions for years to come as voters come of age and buy into the false narrative.trump_article_vote_election

How can conservatism attract young people when the version they’ve seen as synonymous with the movement is so unscrupulous and vile? Whether you believe the mainstream media is honest, whether you think we need new policies and plan to hold your nose to get them, one thing is without question.  Donald Trump is a truly wretched human being.  While I can’t speak to his faith, his actions in no way indicate a belief in any God other than himself. Consider the following. Donald Trump has…

  • A documented history of infidelity and dishonesty
  • Been a crass, belligerent, self-aggrandizing ass
  • Lied about self-funding the campaign while using donations to line his company’s pocket
  • Repeatedly sexualized his own daughter
  • Disrespected women
  • Shown he has incredibly thin skin and a hair trigger
  • Been proven to be disloyal and wholly unlikeable

None of these are qualities that reflect conservative ideals.   None could be used to characterize conservative leaders in the past.   They don’t describe Reagan or Goldwater… heck they don’t even describe Rubio or Cruz.  

A Moral Imperative

True conservatives accept that that our rights come from God and a politician’s job is to protect those rights and individual liberty.  They believe in morality, fiscal restraint and Reagan’s three-legged stool.   They believe the US is a shining light on a hill responsible for spreading democracy and that living our ideals matter. Trump believes none of this.  He only believes in Trump.  He is a New York City liberal who funded Hillary Clinton with multiple donations, and has the same progressive worldview.

Related: Dire Straits

So as we line up at the polls in November and take public stands on social media for and against candidates, I urge you to choose carefully.   Many are watching and noting what conservatives will do.   Trump won’t and can’t win the election no matter what you do, but preserving your personal political capital and being true to conservative principles matters.   Don’t fall for this charlatan’s bait and switch, he’s not one of us and he never was.  

Disclaimer: These opinions are not necessarily representative of SHTFBlog or its affiliates.  

Photos Courtesy Of:
F. Sigorski T-Shirts Now Available





Support by shopping @ Amazon (Click Here)

Visit Sponsors of









Do You Prepare in Fear?

Click here to view the original post.

by Mira

That may seem like a weird question to some, but in actuality it’s an extremely valid one. What motivates you to prepare for a collapse? I’ve always been conscious of the need to prepare myself for the unexpected.

Living in the South, we always had to be ready for a tornado outbreak, so we planned accordingly, but it wasn’t until September 11 that I realized I really needed to put more thought into my disaster and crisis plans. Fear of the uncertainty propelled my desire to be a better prepared person, but I did so haphazardly simply because I was afraid, and my prepping was unsuccessful because of it.

After 9-11, the number of people preparing for another terrorist attack skyrocketed. All of a sudden, our home soil wasn’t safe anymore. A number of websites sprung up after the attack on America. There were many good ones, and sadly to say there were a lot of bad websites that looked and sounded good, but overall was just there to extort money from fearful citizens. The common theme was preparedness and being ready for the next one. It was a crazy time and fear ruled over many.

Fear is a powerful emotion. Fear will cause you to do things you wouldn’t ever think you would do in a million years. Fear will also cause you to forget things that are second nature. And unfortunately, money hungry people prey upon this with websites and blogs that incite the fear of the unknown inside of you and then exploit that fear to get you to buy their products.

How do you prevent yourself from becoming a victim of fear mongering sites and businesses? Simply put, you need to know why you are preparing in the first place.

Do you have a family whose welfare you are in charge of? Or are you single and wanting to make sure that when SHTF you are one of the first to survive? Whatever your reason you must have it clearly in view. It’s okay to be afraid of an unknown future crisis event, whether it been a devastating EMP blast, or an all-out civil war. Fear is natural.

Prepare with a Purpose

If you have been just preparing on the fly for a while with no real plan or purpose, it’s time to stop now and reorganize. If not, you’ll find yourself being tossed about when you hear of crisis level events going on all over the world. Fear will continue to reign unless you make a good plan.

Planning according to your own individual situation is vitally important. Fear should not be the reason motivating your desire to prep. A good reason to start prepping could be something as simple as preserving your life and those with you.

Another good reason to prepare is to make sure that when the next crisis happens, you’ll be able to provide for your household and also anyone else that may need your expertise (ex. Medical, EMT, or any other trade.)

Can You Prep and Enjoy Your Life at the Same Time?

The answer to that question is YES. Some people perceive preppers and the prepping lifestyle as fanatical, but it’s not like that at all. With television shows like National Geographic’s Doomsday Preppers, the lifestyle has come into the limelight. When researching for this article, a simple poll was taken on the opinions of the general public about the prepping lifestyle.

A majority of those asked, didn’t really know anything about it. And those who had been exposed to it, didn’t have a good opinion of it. One person even stated that preppers seem to: “Miss out on life preparing for the end of the world.” – F. Childs, Atlanta, Georgia.

Is this something that you feel will happen if you start making prepping an important part of your life? Do you think that you’ll have to stop living and enjoying life in order to properly prep for a coming disaster or collapse? If so, it’s natural to feel that way. But you really don’t have to change your life all too much in order to be a successful prepper.

Make Simple Adjustments to Your Lifestyle

What kind of adjustments can you make in your life? You don’t have to do anything suddenly drastic like selling your 4-bedroom home and building a survival bunker in the woods. Everything you need to do, can be done slowly and on a daily basis.

There are several things you could do:

  • Make a Prepping Budget – First and foremost, before you take on any project you must first budget it and see how much money and resources you have to work with. This budget should include all of your current income from all sources and all of your expenses. Leaving anything out would not give you an accurate picture of what you have to work with.
  • Create an Emergency Prepping Fund – It helps if this fund is an actual box or empty jar. Any money you save, get back in change, or find laying around the house, should go into the fund box.
  • Create a List and an Agenda – This should be a list of the ideas/ways you plan to adjust your life while prepping on a daily basis, and an agenda of how you’re going to put those ideas/ways into action.
  • Start Using Cash Only – This may be one of the hardest, if not the hardest thing to do for some people. Take all your credit cards with high interest rates and either cut them up or put them all into an envelope. With your budget that you create, you’ll be able to guestimate how much cash will be needed for the week.
  • Bargain shop and use coupons – Shopping for bargains and using coupons takes some getting used to. It does take time to search out where the best deals are in town on items for your emergency food supply, but it’s well worth the adjustment. Connect with others in your area who are couponers and ask them to teach you how to benefit mostly from combining coupons and bargain sales. A lot of times you can get dozens of items for the pantry for just a few dollars.
  • Dine out less, or Stop all together – This may be hard for some to do, because dining out can be viewed as a reward for working hard all week. But when you cut back on the amount of times you dine out, the money you save can go towards stocking up on the items that you need.
  • Say “No” to a Car Note – If you have a massive car note, you can understand the strain that it puts on your wallet. Consider giving up the note, and paying cash for an efficient car. You might also want to consider walking, taking public transit, or even riding a bike so you’ll have more funds to allocate towards your prepping fund.
  • Buy in Bulk – When combined with bargain shopping and couponing, you save an extremely large amount of cash and get more product for your money. The cash you save and/or the change you get back should go into the emergency prepping fund. Bulk membership stores like SAMs Club or Costco often have great deals on items.
  • Give Up Other “Luxuries” – You may have enjoyed stopping by the local Starbucks once a week and ordering a Grande caramel macchiato, but once you start interweaving prepping with your daily routine, luxuries like this have to go. This warm beverage cost about the same price as a 5lb bag of rice. Instead of the $5 cup of coffee, buy the 5lb bag of rice for your pantry. Very painful now, but you’ll be glad you did later.

Hopefully by now, you feel more confident about your ability to prep successfully. Prepping doesn’t have to be a scary adventure. If fear got you started on prepping, allow knowledge about what you’re prepping for to propel you forward. It may be painful to give up some of the things that you now enjoy in life in order to prep for a future crisis but it’s worth the sacrifice.

If you keep your eyes simple and cut back little by little every day, you will be thankful you did when the SHTF. The naysayers say that it’ll never happen, but we all know it will. A knowledgeable prepper is a surviving prepper. When the next crisis or the inevitable collapse happens, you’ll be sheltering in place thankful that you decided to make a conscious effort to prep the right way.

When that times comes, you’ll see some of you neighbors scrambling and scrounging for supplies. But you’ll be fine where you are, because you made the necessary changes and sacrifices in order to work prepping into your everyday life. It may have been uncomfortable but it was doable. And it made the difference in whether or not you would be prepared for that moment. Push fear aside and be ready when the SHTF. Happy prepping!

Update, Content, News, and months of podcasts.

Click here to view the original post.

Well, it’s been a minute since I’ve posted here on the blog of SurvivalRing, and I do apologize. Life has been rather full outside the front door, and the moments in front of my computer (normally plural…the laptop is still down with a *Windows 10* infection) have been focused on research, online radio work, and […]

Are the Globalists Winning?

Click here to view the original post.

By Silence Dogood

Whatever you call them, (for there are many names). Some call it the New World order, the Globalist Agenda, the Military Industrial Complex, The Free Masons the Illuminati, ties with the Vatican, or the many families of Bankers, like the Rothschild, Rockefeller, J P Morgan, Warburg Brothers or any of the corporate gangs such as Goldman Sachs, Lehman Brothers, Koch Brothers or just plain corporatism. The question on most critical thinkers minds are whether this Globalist regime is winning their war on humanity.

It seems that they are not.

I say this because we the people are increasingly becoming more knowledgeable of the maniacal and grossly detailed ways of their plans. Methods created to usurp every aspect of our lives. More and more people realize their deceptions and the weaker they become. That is not to say we have defeated them, because like any disease left untreated it has metastasized and spread in other ways. The only true diagnosis is that it is not going away that easily. They appear to be ramping up their efforts to solidify a worldwide plan of dominance over everything.

Lately, they have deployed the classic, slash, and burn method of “all out war” against their opponents that is “us” incase you were wondering, forcing us into a panic mode, and tipping the scales in their favor yet again.

It’s election time in America and the heat is on. It appears they are going ahead with their plans of world dominance despite any of our strong objections. Every detail we see in the news, social media, reveal this new fervor, and as their lies are slowly uncovered it all points to an increasing trend of desperation. Let us hope this is the ringing of their death knell, but I doubt it and I doubt it will come that easily, nothing ever does.

To properly analyze our fight for life, at least on any comparable scale we need to look at it as worldwide issue. The frontline for this war takes the form in many ways. The least of which is the FIAT currency scheme. The global elite’s have controlled world currencies for over a century now, and in some cases longer. They have also managed to fracture our alliances between peaceful countries that could have been easily mended by diplomacy alone. They have destroyed every democratic nation on the planet, converting most to some mutated form of socialist-corporate-fascism, and in doing so prevented the people from these nations in interfering with their diabolical plans of world government, which in hind sight appears to be just a euphemism for Worldwide Domination.

Let me correct myself here, for those of you that find it so hard to believe this is some form “Conspiracy,” by using the true form of the word, meaning to conspire together against a common foe. Perhaps you might be right. So allow me to pull back that last statement, and simply say this. It appears that a small percentage of people using a fairly opportunistic approach to business; who are mainly composed of individuals among the top 1% of the richest and most powerful people on the planet, who do seem to take advantage of our worldwide crisis for their own personal grab for power. Simply put the elite of the elite are using our social systems against us. Lets get clinical here and call it mega power, never before dreamed.

There, I hope that satisfies the extra cautious among you, the non-conspiracy type people. For everyone else, I am sure we can agree that certain people are taking advantage of what is going on in the world today, and in a BIG way.

Where we stand now, and how will they implement this control on our world

1) Creating Crisis:

The number one agenda is War: This is probably the oldest trick on the books. What ever your positions on how these conflicts have started, you have to admit they are happening all around us today. This is undoubtedly the best way to make money off the hardships of others, especially if you are one of the big players in the worldwide game.

The profits made by corporations in this game is staggering, the arms deals, and weapons manufacturing, the privatization of the world’s armies is a very lucrative business nowadays.

Not surprisingly, six of the nine (6 of 9) most profitable weapons manufacturers are located in the United States.

The Number Two Agenda is Money

How they fund these wars…

First you need to have the ability to create the money used to coerce the sensible populous into fighting their wars for them. One way is to pay the people money for their services. However, that would not be very good business sense, would it? Another way is to starve the people first, then offering them excuses to hate the enemy country. Pointing fingers at anything to explain why it is someone else’s fault, you are starving.

Straining diplomatic relations and a hidden Military agenda:

China vs. USA: This is not necessarily truthful.

How about Russia vs. USA: again, are we or have we ever actually been at war with Russia?

The Banking illusions are also used against us, pretending as if we are on the same team or just another form of reverse psychology.

Do the Chinese not own many of our Bonds,  and are the Chinese not among our US allies against ISIS:  and how about this newest development with China and Russia teaming up with the USA to fight ISIS.  Are these other nations being run by the same crowd of sociopaths? Putin believes the Rothschilds are corrupting the Russian banking system and he threatens to nationalize their privately owned banks.

Starvation is a tool: Starving the people; before a war, or a take over is the easiest way to weaken a nation, and effectively motivates people into submitting to an agenda. Take these ongoing crisis in Africa, Venezuela, or Syria for instance, and many other nations now in conflict, and wracked with starvation.

Foreign Influences and manipulation: All of these conflicts are found to be created by outside western forces, initially. The internal national governments certainly were not solely at fault for these nations’ collapses. Even the situation in Libya was obviously created by outside influences.  Absolutely, Kaddafi’s regime, and his subsequent death were the tipping points for sure, but the behind the scenes tug of war was what ultimately set off the down fall, but why?

Now you have a new starving populous ready to fight for anything you can point at, and further exasperated by the vacuum left behind once his tyrannical regime was toppled. Allowing any other third party faction, to move in and become the new “axis of evil” to enter the theatre of war.

Implementing their Plan

Financial Control: So certainly, a centrally controlled money system is ideal, where you can magically print money right out of thin air. This would be best to control these nations and force them into war and into giving up their rights and freedoms. However, you cannot just invade countries like the US of A. Therefore, another tactic must be employed. Perhaps cause an economical depression.

How they bring down the biggest nations: A sudden retraction of liquidity in the US markets works best, and is much cheaper then War, a covert strike using their favorite tool the “fiat money system”; you simply over load any nation with debt, and in this case, the debt is beyond any hope of repayment. Then when all common sense tells you otherwise, you increase the interest rate on that nation’s debt. I promise this will bring any nation’s economy to its knees without firing a shot. This, you do in stages, when you need them to submit to your will. A monetary muscle is being flexed almost every fiscal quarter these days. Media is used to heighten the fear of collapse, and panic ensues and if that is not enough, they manipulate the stock markets, with margin calls and rumors, in a sense “ratting on themselves.”

Play with interest rates: This is my favorite, for months ahead of this fiasco, they beat the drums of finance claiming Financial Armageddon is coming, and then they release the hounds. I predict they will use this coming rate change in the USA as one of the next tactics to get us all on board with their latest New World Order scheme, most likely shifting the public opinion toward one of their electoral candidates.  Like the one favorite saying “never let a crisis go to waste.”

Hiding their plans in Plain Sight: This next fact is straight from the horses mouth here, an article from 2007 on the IMF website regarding how global governance is designed to help us all.

On the other hand, how about this “blatant” website information.  I agree this information is not written in stone, but where there is smoke, there is fire. They are so use to the passive zombie masses that they tell us upfront of their plans.

Using the people to do their dirty work

The Coups: Another very old tool of the regime is the Coup; used very successfully for over a millennium.  These may appear to be organic attempts at an over throw of Government, but very little research is usually require to see beneath these uprisings, and find the true puppet masters behind them that pull their strings.

The majority of Military Coups are designed to tear down a functioning country and install a Military dictatorship controlled by one of the major nations of the western world. Sure, I know what you are thinking, if we are the major nation tearing them down, who cares. Well you have probably heard of the term “Blow Back,” by now  this is why you should care.

Most appeared to be political or military coups, and who usually backs these military groups? You will not be surprise by this fact here, the US is the largest contributor of military aid in the world, but by how much, and how do they do it legally. Our spending on Military ventures throughout the world, is facilitated by the Foreign Military Financing (FMF) program  This is not to say other nations are not equally guilty of enabling these wars.

Who is involved, and where do we begin?

By now, even the faint hearted among you, should be getting a sense of the connections between these Globalists and their Methods of Operations. Therefore, whether these are some form of massive conspiracy or simply opportunist taking advantage of a global crisis this is really a moot point is it not. Are you not tired of the news headlines, the starving people the hardship, and injustice happening in the world? Do you not see the connection between the haves and the never going to have people of this world? It is happening right now, and it shows no signs of letting up anytime soon.

However, the question still remains are they winning, or can they be stopped in time? Add to that query if we can stop them at all, will this mean they have lost, and/or can we relax now we are aware?

You do not really believe we can wait, do you?

War profiteering: For instance, who actually has profited the most from the past wars? Was it the Politicians, the contractors, the Kings and Queens, the military?

Financial profiteering: How about “The Great Depression” did anybody profit during that calamity?

A walk down memory lane: The following names are familiar to us all, they where held up in class when we where children as the success stories of the century. The names like Rothschild, J.P. Morgan, John D. Rockefeller, Warburg, Carnegie and others. Masters of industry, the dealmakers, the men that forged this nation from Wrought Iron, Petroleum and Steel.

Sounds a bit like schoolboy propaganda, does it not?

The truth is nearly the opposite, and most of these men either out right stole their fortunes from the weak and vulnerable, or they created it from braking the backs of the little people they controlled.

Rothschild’s legacy:

J. P. Morgan, history:

John D. Rockefeller empire:

The Warburg Brothers financed both sides of WW1:

The real question during those trying times is whether any of these factors or methods that were purposely, invoked back during the depression, can still be done today. Furthermore, would someone use these same tactics against the people now? Lets say, to profit during a perpetual recession or “new age great depression,” and all the while, why not even being revealed by the media as exploitative practices by these elite scoundrels?

Some familiar characters have re-emerge recently:

Rothschild has been indicted for laundering funds.

P. Morgan: Morgan Stanley are accused of fraud and cover up, and public officials are involved, all indict for operating under the color of law: The Morgan Stanley relationship is the same manure just in a different pile:

This is rapidly referred as the Morgan Stanley Gate.

John D. Rockefeller; Originally Standard Oil but is now BP, Chevron, Exxon Mobile, and Conoco Phillips. Why did it get broke up, because even back in the old days we considered this a monopoly? I wonder whom he had to have piss off to get kicked out of that sand box.

The New Warburg Brothers bank of Hamburg:

Goldman Sachs one of the latest corporate equivalent of a creepy old dude has now entered the scene with there worldwide form of corruption:

“Oh, what a tangled web we weave when first we practice to deceive… Where’s the coward that would not dare to fight for such a land?”

Two lines from the prophetic Marmion Poem by Sir Walter Scott “A tale of Flodden Field.”

There seems to be many inconstancies around the building of this nation since its beginning. The undeniable ties that America still has with England and the Vatican are oddly apparent. Clearly, conspiracy on someone’s part is taking place more often then not. Therefore, can we ever hope to take control of our lives from such megalomaniacs? The world now looks like some old English garden choked with bureaucracy, where the weeds and clinging ivy are twisted around all that was good and buries every past hope with corruption.

So how do we end a century old nightmare?

It is a Worldwide problem: It will require a worldwide solution. First by establishing an international task force to hunt down and confiscate this (our) wealth before anymore is taken from us. This may sound like a NATO or UN type matter, however even these institutions have been infiltrated and corrupted from within by these same entities.

No, I believe that the United States of America is in the best position to begin this new wave of freedom across this planet, leading by example not by force. Perhaps, we can start by cleaning up our own back yard…

Any war tactician knows that to win a war in the long haul, any war, you most often need to weaken your enemy first. Take advantage of their vulnerable fronts, and cut off their supply lines. First step is ending the Federal Reserve and the Central Banks and a great second step is to cut off those supplies and seize their assets. Perhaps the new unconstitutional acts designed by the presidents  (NDAA and the Patriot Act).

Maybe these can actually help us until we rescind them for the in justice that they are on the citizens. Anyway, without income, the elite cannot easily fund a war against us.

A task force must be formed and be impartial too, a consistently independent group of people able to do their jobs unmolested by corruption, which undeniably means NO politicians, NO clergy, NO military can be on the boards of this task force. This is not an easy assignment, by any means. However, I believe it is possible without real violence. Every move they make will be made public for the people.

Having said that, I doubt the task force would have much authority or do any good without a legitimate Militia behind it. I would hope we as a nation could use our own Military Veterans and armed only with our own “Declaration of Independence, the US Constitution and our Bill of Rights”; to enact these new policy changes. I believe a campaign must first begin by distributing a legal petition signed by a majority that gives the task force the right to proceed and is needed to rid the nation of these criminals once and for all. This is what the US Constitution was designed for, and I realize people scoff at this document sometimes, because they are ignorant of law and do not understand how legal documents work. The Constitution is a foundation document, and all other amendments that have been written afterwards are just that, simply add-ons that can be repealed by law as easily as they were added.

This is a consensus by the American people regarding supporting a military coup in the United States. I believe the numbers are changing even more in favor of some action.

I am sure there is still some room in Guantanamo Bay to house the guilty, using our military to guard them until their tribunals. After all, we are talking treason and other various crimes against the people here. Every US soldier that took an oath to defend the US Constitution against all enemies foreign and domestic should respond, so they should be the ones to also back this movement.

The only problem with military coups is that they end up being dictatorships for the elite sometimes.

Everywhere around the world they are using mob mentality to over through governments. This does not appeal to me very much, in some places like the Philippines, Venezuela, and Turkey their latest coup by the people against the rebels is violent and happening right now. However, this is seems to be just another time in history where the people are forced by a corrupt government into revolting.

Having said that it also implies that these same elite scoundrels have not only lived through these coups in the past, but also are managing to get right back in place soon after, and even profiting by them at times. No… I think we need to publicly identify these perpetrators, before hand. I also sort of like the use of playing cards, a trick the US military used to identify Al-Qaeda members during the Afghan and Iraq wars.

In conclusion: Yes the elitist are losing, and yet for once in history lets change the laws, and put them out of our misery, forever ending their slavery over us.

Peace on Earth goodwill to all…

The New World order & the Illuminati are real.

Written by Silence Dogood


Click here to view the original post.

The BIG FIX? Tom Martin “Galt Strike” Are you getting a headache keeping up with the twist & turns of this year’s Presidential Election? Has the seemingly endless parade of headlines between Donald Trump & Hillary Clinton… the next more astonishing than the last, have you NOT just disbelieving, but WANTING to disbelieve that we have … Continue reading The BIG FIX?

The post The BIG FIX? appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Communism is at our door step

Click here to view the original post.

In 1984, President Ronald Reagan said, “communism is at our doorstep.” It has taken 32 years since this president recognized the erosion of freedom taking place, but indeed today, communism is in our schools, work place and yes even our homes.

The big government that Americans have permitted to evolve not merely encroaches on our daily lives, but it is gobbling us up inch-by-inch, generation by generation and patriots are far and few. If we review history, we will see how big government is accomplishing the goals to achieve a takeover. Take a peek at the Communist manifesto and see how eerily close America is to dissolving the home of the free.

Control, disarm, and revise.

First, consider the number of people who must work two, sometimes three, jobs simply to stay afloat. That is the key element. The government’s objective is to keep everyone so occupied with other things that they will not realize what is happening until it is too late. We are in the midst of a huge government takeover. Our liberties are routinely under siege and thus we have a government that no longer functions for We the People but instead as conservative pundit Michael Barone poignantly once stated one that is a “gangster government.”

In many instances, the parents are not raising their children because they are too busy with working and paying taxes. Instead, we now have government mandates in many states that children be enrolled in the public schools by age 3. They call it Pre K.

Pre K is nothing more than a beginning of the early indoctrination process. The sooner the government can get their hands on our kids, the sooner they can brainwash them to follow the communists’ credos. Unfortunately, those parents who need to work so long and hard see this as public day care and simply a necessity of life that they get for “free.” They don’t realize that they are paying for it with increases in local taxes.

Even those parents who are fortunate enough to be able to stay at home with their babies are forced by the hand of the government to place the kid in school. It’s not that the parents don’t care about their children, but they have put too much faith in the government as the nanny. We are no longer a country of “Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death”; instead we have become a nation of “give me.”

We all know why our Forefathers documented our Second Amendment. The intent was always to fend off a tyrannical government; the same type of autocratic government from which they fled. Yet, the very government they were trying to protect us continues to pound away on our right to bear arms every day. Every day they concoct a nonsensical myth of why law abiding, taxpayers should not be permitted to have guns.

dad with nazi flag

The author’s father, tearing a Nazi flag in WW2.

These gangsters without shame have hoodwinked America. Thus, we have new laws daily restricting firearm ownership. We hear of contrived firearm violence incidents that are so scary, the younger generations will fall right in line and one day they will not even be able to inherit a gun. These stories of horror due to firearms will continue to disseminate among the mainstream media as they have us all believing our children are stacking up like cords of fire wood all because of the “evil” gun.

The plan is for the indoctrination to bring a new and improved tomorrow. But wait there’s more… yes; there is legislation on the horizon that will forbid any firearm passing onto the next generation via an inheritance. The registration of firearms will allow the Internal Revenue Service to come and confiscate any firearms owned by a deceased person. There will be stringent penalties for those who do not comply. In the end, our children and grandchildren will not be able to buy a gun and they will not be able to inherit a gun; thus the extinction of freedom. Far-fetched you say; then you are part of the problem. Our Second Amendment is undeniably the backbone of America’s freedom.

Of course, because of the number of Patriots in America who believe in freedom and want to protect their liberty and those who cherish the U.S. Constitution are still plentiful; a total disarmament may not come to fruition in their lifetime.

However, take heed as President Reagan once said, “Freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction.” Without it, we are doomed. We have the God-given right to defend and protect our family and property not only from thugs who wish to do harm, but to fend off an overbearing and powerful government.

Nevertheless, there has gradually been a takeover. It’s the frog in the pot analogy – when we try to cook a frog, if the heat is too high it will simply hop out of the hot pot; instead, a frog is cooked slowly. Little by little, as the frog is acclimated to the warmer waters we turn up the heat until finally the frog is so relaxed it cooks easily. Unfortunately, Americans have become complacent and too busy with everyday survival to realize or care as the gangsters’ cranks up the heat.

Therefore, here we are with an overbearing government that no longer works for the people but instead one in which too many depend for everything. This is all by design with the modern-day architect and puppet master George Soros and other world power elites of the Bilderberg Group.

These progressive revisionists love to pretend America has no history…

They love to invent falsehoods to add to their playbooks. Without our history, without the knowledge imparted by our Forefathers of the Republic they brought forth, without teachings in the public schools about subjects such as the war of northern aggression and World War II and the many patriots who died for liberty, there is no America as we know and love it.

Just look at the current war on the confederate battle flag engineered by current elected official and mainstream media spin. For example, the 2015 United States Supreme Court ruling against our First Amendment and the banning of Sons of Confederate Veteran license plates. The argument is the state makes the plates and the state cannot be forced to be a billboard for any organization.

Yet they still manufacture tags for the Muslim Brotherhood. Note the cities and small towns across America and the controversy to remove memorials of Southern generals deemed “offensive” and racist. In Maryland, there is a yearly proposal to re-write the lyrics to the state song “Maryland my Maryland” because the song sides with the south and some are offended by the lyrics that include the phrases “despots heel is on thy shore” and “northern scum.”

The lunacy behind these movements is all in one vein in a hope to divide conquer and control. We become closer to a new one-world order with each ticking minute because this is what the schools teach our children and grandchildren – to be not “one nation under God” but instead to revere the new one-world order and the government control.

We have changed to a country where the good guys have no rights and the bad guys vote pushing further the evolution of nation where the U.S. Constitution was once the law of the land into a communist abyss. It is the duty of all Patriots to continue to instill the values of Forefathers to the next generations. If we don’t teach them, no one will.

The legacy of those who fought and died in the American Revolution for our liberty will be just a faded memory. Liberty will become suppression. We the People need to focus on restoring this once great nation to lovers of freedom, liberty, and justice for all instead of continuing down the path of the obscurity of political correctness.
What we have going on here is a true ballot box revolution.

Never have you seen anything like this presidential election in your lifetime and if you are over 60, you will probably never see it again. This is the battle for survival. As we cling onto last breathes, we watched a nation become a country so divided under the thumb of dictator Obama, that we no longer stand indivisible under God or otherwise.

Many may be very disgusted with each candidate for this November’s election of our next POTUS and think they should simply sit it out. If patriots are absent on November 8, they win. The bad guys will conquer and will continue to gobble up generations, mold them with irrational fears of firearms, dreams of a nanny government and a longing to pay taxes so the government can continue to grow and provided for them.

It is time to send the incumbents home. It is time to have new ideas and fresh blood to help return our government to the side of We the People.  It is time to fight for the God Given rights our Forefathers so honorably gave their lives so we would be free. Try to imagine a grandchild living in a nation without justice, without liberty and growing up believing that is, the way it meant to be because that is all they know.

Imagine, one day they find a book with articles like this one and wonder what would it be to live without big gangster government breathing down their necks, taking their every dime; and they will wonder why didn’t my ancestors fight hard enough to save America the free.

TRAGEDY IN DALLAS! Five Law Enforcement Officers Killed In Ambush Style Attacks and What the Preparedness Community Can Learn From This Tragedy

Click here to view the original post.

by Van Geste

I heard a great quote recently, “Things do not happen because of us, things simply happen to us.”

For anyone that has not yet heard; late last night and into early this morning Dallas Texas became a war zone.  Four or more snipers took up positions in elevated areas during a Black Lives Matter protest.  They then began to rain down bullets of the Law Enforcement officers who were overseeing the protest marchers.  When the dust settled and the shooting ended (for now) five officers lay dead and up to eleven more had been wounded.

This whole story has been covered at length by all the major global news outlets and most of the alternative media worldwide.  So many talking heads want to stand up and give reasons for these shootings.  Some in the Black Lives Matter crowd say this is retaliation for the shooting for two African American men in the last two days.  Media and activists can say what they want.  However, keep in mind that this post is not about politics but preparedness and what can be learned from a real world SHTF moment in time.

This is without a doubt the deadliest day for Law Enforcement since September 11th 2001.  For anyone of our community reading this who currently resides in the Dallas area, please, stay safe.

For anyone living in the Dallas area last night, this would have been their SHTF moment.  They never expected it and never saw it coming, prepared or not, it makes no difference.  One day it is business as usual and the next it is downtown Baghdad.  This is the true and cruel nature of the quintessential SHTF environment.

As tragic as this shooting is what can we, as the preparedness community, learn from this incident?  First we know that chaos and the S flying at high-speed and impacting the fan can happen at any moment, and as “Murphy’s Law” dictates, when you are least prepared.  Secondly the Dallas-Fortworth Metroplex area has a combined population of over 6 Million people and there are a suspected four shooters.  As of last night the entire city was put into “lockdown”, all DFW area law enforcement was put into active duty and government officials told the citizens to stay indoors, away from windows and not to report to work in the morning.

There were only four suspected shooters.  The FAA has now restricted flights in and out of the DFW Airport and local businesses in the area have been told to secure their doors and not to reopen until and “all clear” has been given.  Again, there were only four shooters.  This also means that supply trucks will not be coming to the local grocery or other retail stores.  Now consider this; if an entire city of 6 plus million people can be brought to a standstill by four crazed, armed shooters, what would happen if there were 10 shooters? 50? 100 even!?  It is not inconceivable.

This is, by definition, the very SHTF scenarios we have all talked about, most likely, on a daily basis:  city locked down, martial law-esk rules in place, no food or retail supply coming in or out and YOU, yes YOU and your family are trapped in a city descending into chaos.  This is not happening in some third world rat-hole, this is happening in Texas!  Let that sink in for a moment.

Third, while this obviously not the full blown collapse, it is what psychologists and researchers call an “observable controlled environment” a mini-collapse if you will.  And, this is something we should all be taking notes on.  If you were currently in this situation, what would you do?  Are you prepared in this particular instance and does this event make you reconsider and reevaluate your preps?  Do you know the best routes out of your city (assuming you live in one) and have you practiced for exiting a large city such as Dallas?  Where do you plan to go and have you packed the appropriate Bug Out Bag for you and your family?  All valid, relevant and critical questions you need to be asking yourself now.  It is my opinion that this tragedy and chaotic aftermath is only the beginning of what is coming to these United States.

Fourth point, all members of the preparedness community need to at all times consider their environment, whether that be a large city such as the Dallas Fortworh area or the side of a mountain in the middle of nowhere.  Regardless of where you live do not automatically think you will be immune to the chaos of a collapsing society.  It took less than a couple of hours for the entire DFW area to descend into chaos; stores were being looted, people were being assaulted and many other instigators/agent provocateurs took to Facebook and Twitter to escalate and inflame the already chaotic state of the city.  Below is such an instance.

black power tweet

This post has since been taken down but you can clearly see how this could entice certain individuals already on the edge and of an unstable mind to carry out more attacks.  In a situation such as this the police will not be coming to save you.  As horrible as that sounds, you are on your own.  Law enforcement will be more worried about securing government areas and their own safety in an arena of a SHTF environment.

In a worst case scenario the local law enforcement will most likely abandon their jobs to head home and protect their own families and I would not blame them for doing that.  They are only human and will do what is in the best interested for their own personal preservation and that of their families.  I cannot stress it enough, YOU WILL BE ON YOUR OWN!

At this point there is something that I believe needs to at least be touched on and that is, “do not under any circumstances strap-up and head out with your rifle and full kit thinking you can aide local law enforcement.”  And, do not get any visions of vigilante grandeur.  This is a recipe for disaster, both for you and for them.  I know most of us would never do this, but trust me every community, no matter how level headed and “civilized”, has That Guy.  That Guy is the one that can get you and yours killed.  Do not follow him, do not be him!

Finally it is important to note that, as stated earlier, no one is immune from the S hitting fan.  The important thing to remember is to make yourself as inconspicuous as possible, become the “Gray Man” during a SHTF situation.  If you are aware of a riot or protest happening, then stay out of that particular area if at all possible.  If you are caught in the middle of it when it happens, attempt to extricate yourself from the immediate area as soon as possible; stay low stay out of site and head in the opposite direction of the action.

This is not cowardice, this is common sense.  Also, make sure your family, if you have one, knows what to do in these kinds of situations.  Plan routes, have meet-up or “rally” points, know and be familiar with the best ways in and around any situation that could arise.  Of course none of us can be prepared at all times for every situation that could fall upon us.  This is just not practical or even possible, but a little preparedness goes a long way and it could just save your life.

In closing I want to again say that if you are in the DFW area, please, please, please, stay safe and take care of your family.  You, whoever you may be, are important to all of us.  I would also like to say that after this whole things comes to a close, it would be of great benefit to all of us if those of you in the middle of this chaos would be willing to give a debriefing afterward.

I am sure there is much we can all learn; “what did you do, were you prepared, what was your reaction and that of your family, did you learn anything about your preparedness and what would you have done differently looking back now.”

Now is a good time to begin to evaluate our own levels of preparedness and listen to those who have lived through their very own microcosm of a SHTF scenario.  We learn not by reading books and blogs but by the experience of others.  Preparedness is a state of mind not a pantry full of food or a full combat load of ammunition (but those certainly don’t hurt).

News, Reviews, and the survival axe!

Click here to view the original post.

News, Reviews, and the survival axe! James Walton “I Am Liberty” With the closing election, people falling dead at the hands of radical Muslims all over the world and our governments unwillingness to approach a single problem with any real sense it can be a bit overwhelming. There are mornings I wake up and feel like … Continue reading News, Reviews, and the survival axe!

The post News, Reviews, and the survival axe! appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Education and what it can do for you…my story

Click here to view the original post.

On this day 10 years ago, I received this recruiting letter from Columbia University. It was just one of several such letters I received from Ivy League colleges, after becoming the recipient of the 2006 All-USA Academic Team community college award. Even more came when I became the New Century Scholar for Wyoming for having […]

The Speed Of Silence

Click here to view the original post.

[Guest article by Mike Simpson of Be sure to check out the link at the end to play a fascinating free pandemic simulator right in your browser.]

Just how fast will society fall?

So the end days are here. We all knew it was coming. Civilization across the globe will be returned to the […]

The post The Speed Of Silence appeared first on The Weekend Prepper.

The Benefits Of Chewing Gum In A Survival Situation

Click here to view the original post.

Chewing gum / bubble gum is a pop-culture element so rooted into modern society that it’s impossible for our generations (the gum-chewing, bubble-blowing generations) to envision it otherwise. As kids, we used to go for the sweet flavored types, the ones that came into a multitude of colors or flavors. As adults, if we lost our sweet tooth along the way, we changed directions when it comes to chewing gum. We mostly go for the minty ones, which are great for oral hygiene.  No matter your age or social status, for some reason or another, at some point in space and time, you’ll find yourself the benefits of chewing gum.

You might think that the product in question is a characteristic of modern 20th and 21st century society, but that’s far from truth. The “ancestor” of chewing gum originated in antiquity, and it can’t be attributed to a single civilization. The Greeks were chewing on mastic tree sap, the Egyptians had a mixture of sap and spices (cinnamon, frankincense, myrrh etc.) and the Mayans and Aztecs chewed Sapodilla tree sap. The habit of chewing gum (or its various alternatives) stood the test of time because, apart from flavor and texture, chewing has its benefits.


Enhances memory capacity and overall concentration

It has been demonstrated that chewing gum can do wonders for both the memory and the ability to concentrate. There are caffeine-based chewing gums that are best suited for the job, but any sort of gum will do well too. An NBC report has shown that chewing is in direct correlation with memory enhancement and improved test scores, due to the increase of physiological activities like blood flow, blood pressure and heart rate. The increase of blood flow in the brain means higher oxygenation, which makes for better brain functions. Because chewing increases mental alertness, is also highly recommended for kids with learning problems or mental disabilities. Mental alertness is always beneficial, especially in a survival situation where you’ll need to be aware of everything that goes on around you, to make fast decisions and act quickly as your survival depends on every step you take.


Relieves stress and boosts morale

According to his scientific study, chewing gum is a very powerful nerve tonic, because it helps calm down the nerves and alleviates negative moods. It’s exactly for this reason why chewing gum is included and distributed amongst the soldiers that find themselves in a war zone. Chewing gum helps reduces the levels of cortisol , which is a hormone secreted by the adrenal gland as a response to high levels of stress or to low levels of glucose in the blood stream. Increased levels of cortisol can be beneficial on short-term periods, but on longer periods of time they can be detrimental to cognitive functions and can even lower the immune system recovery. Because chewing gum contains small amounts of sugar, it can also serve as a small reserve of energy. Having a pack of your favourit gum on you will not only supply you with that tiny bit of energy, but it can also increase your morale and distress your jaw muscles and lower anxiety. So leave some room in your survival kit for a couple of packs of gum.


Suppresses hunger, thirst and aids digestion

The military (and trained combatants in general) use chewing gum as a means of suppressing hunger when the opportunity of eating is not available. The same principle can easily be applied in a survival situation, especially if SHTF and you find yourself a bit short on food supplies. The Zoft Gum is a very potent appetite suppressant and you can get 5 packs for about $10. Believe it or not, not only is there a gum to fight of hunger, but there’s also one that can quench thirst. The Quench Gum was primarily made for athletes in order to keep them hydrated as much as possible during periods of physical effort. It’s packed with 5mg of potassium (K) and electrolytes. The Quench Gum is available on the market in costs about $9 – $10. Chewing gum can be very supportive when it comes do digestion. Chewing constantly will increase the levels of saliva, which in turn will boost the quantity of digestive acids in the stomach. This is achieved with the aid of xylitol, which is found in most chewing gums.


Chewing gum based life hacks

Apart from chewing, there are a lot of other unorthodox uses for gum.

  1. Bait – you can use chewing gum as fish bait, just chew it a little and place it on the hook; it’s very efficient against catfish and it can also lure crabs if you place it on the crab line.
  2. Radiator patch – this is a good temporary solution for a leaky radiator; it should hold long enough for you to reach a mechanic
  3. “Magnet” – it can be very useful if you’re trying to retrieve small objects from an nearly unreachable place; just place some gum on the end of a stick or a piece of string and you’ll be able to recover that lost ring or keys in no time
  4. Window fixer – if you have a lose window pane, don’t worry too much about it; get a stick of ordinary chewing gum, chew on it a little and simply place it as putty
  5. Repeal bugs – extra minty gum will repeal mealworms and other bugs from getting into your flower; of course, provided you previously placed a small piece of gum in there first

You’ve probably been chewing gum for some years know, without knowing the benefits that ordinary chewing gum had to offer. Now you know, as the wonders of chewing gum are irrefutable. No matter who you are or where you’re at, always have a pack of gum on you; you can never tell how and when it will save the day.


By Alec Deacon



The post The Benefits Of Chewing Gum In A Survival Situation appeared first on My Family Survival Plan.

4 Of The Largest Handguns In The World

Click here to view the original post.

This is not the first time I get to talk about guns, that’s true. Every time I’ve covered the subject I’ve tried to be as pragmatic as possible when it comes to the usage of firearms in a survival situation. I’m talking a different approach this time. Not that carrying a largest handguns caliber could not serve you well in a SHTF scenario; if it’s one thing they do well, is to obliterate everything that stands in your way. A single shot fired is more than enough to stop even large animals in their tracks. They might not be as easily concealable or maneuverable, but there’s something really intriguing (almost poetic) about owning your very own hand cannon. Maybe it has something to do with the “bigger is better” mentality, who knows? All I know is that there is no such thing as “too big” when it comes to firepower. And I’m sure that many of you share the same exact belief. Let’s have a look at some of the best of the best in the field of “heavy artillery”.


The Desert Eagle .50 Caliber Handgun

The Desert Eagle .50 is one of the most notorious handguns in the world. Commonly known as “the 50 caliber”, it was developed by the Israeli military with the aid of Magnum Research in 1972. It’s the largest magazine-fed handgun in the world and despite its age, this old timer is considered (still) to be one of the best looking handguns on the market; especially the versions that come in chrome or titanium gold plating. When it comes to firepower, only one word comes to mind: annihilation. The .50 projectile packs such a heavy punch that made it feared and respected across the map, and won fans from both sides of the law. It’s just as lethal as it is beautiful. It has a capacity of 7 rounds and it measures a total length of 10.75 inches (with a barrel length of 6 inches).


The Smith & Wesson .44 Magnum Revolver

This particular handgun was firstly introduced to the world by Clint Eastwood and his infamous character by the name of Dirty Harry. This revolver gained so much in popularity that Smith and Wesson was not only able to sell this particular model, but hat to release “improved” version to meet the demand. It’s not a large enough of a gun to cause your body spinning in the air several times before you hit the ground, as seen in the movies, but it’s powerful enough to end a life instantly. It’s 11.63 inches in total length (the barrel measures 6 inches) and it’s about 49ozs heavy. Not the most practical gun in the world, but nothing compares to shooting a .44 Magnum.


The Smith & Wesson’s 460XVR Revolver

You might look at this particular Smith and Wesson model and think “overkill”. When I look at it I see “beauty”. This handgun was introduced in 2005 and the XVR stands for “Extreme Velocity Revolver”. It shoots fairly well, especially at a distance bellow 125 yards; when this distance is exceeded, the trajectory of the projectile tends to get curbed, thus losing accuracy. It’s really noisy, so for those of you that do not enjoy the “music” made by the 460XVR, I recommend you bring along muffs or ear plugs. It has a capacity of 5 bullets, weighs about 75ozs and the barrel length comes in various sizes: 83/8 (standard), 35/8 inches, 6 inches, 7½ inches and 10½ inches. The finish is stainless, which makes it one of the most beautiful handguns in the world.


The WTS .50 BMG Pistol

This is a fully German product. And once again, when it comes to technology, Germany seems to push the barrier just a bit further. Although the WTS .50 BMG (the BMG stands for “Browning Machine gun Cartridge”) is technically a pistol, it weighs about 15.87lbs, which is as heavy as an ordinary riffle. Not to mention that the ammo in question, the .50 Browning Machinegun cartridge, was primarily used to pierce heavy armor and take down tanks and airplanes. Imagine how ridiculously power drunk you would feel to unleash all this power from a “pistol”. Shooting flesh with a WTS .50 BMG can make it disintegrate into thin air… literally! This monster measures 24.21 inches in length (16.92 inches in barrel length), it has an adjustable trigger mechanism and grip safety. Is it practical? Probably not. Is it glorious? Yes.

Getting a big handgun for survival purposes would not be practical for so many reasons that would take forever to explain. There are way better options for a TEOTWAWKI scenario, that’s true. There are lighter, faster and more maneuverable options on the market for preppers and survivalist. But nothing feels quite like shooting a powerful handgun, even if it’s just for target practice. It will be heavy to carry, almost impossible to conceal and the recoil and the noise might sometimes feel like it’s just too much. But if you’re ever in trouble, a big caliber handgun will do its job and stop anybody or anything that threatens your life.


By Alec Deacon




The post 4 Of The Largest Handguns In The World appeared first on My Family Survival Plan.

4 Best Shotguns For Home And Self-Defense

Click here to view the original post.

Let’s have a look at some of the best shotguns that money can buy because there’s no survival or home invasion scenario that a shotgun can’t get you out of. Maybe you won’t even get to use it, as the sound of pumping your shotgun would be enough in sending chills down the spine of whomever means you harm. But if this fails, know that the large caliber ammo in use is more than enough to even stop an elephant in its tracks; what it’s capable of doing to a human assailant is not even worth mentioning. But shotguns come in a great variety of shapes and sizes and you’ll need to be aware of the differences before getting your own. Maybe the most important criteria to consider is the firing
method, as you can get a pump action or a semi-automatic. Length is also important, as it makes for greater maneuverability in certain situations, not to mention that a more compact one would be easier to carry
around all day as it will most probably be lighter.

The number of rounds that it can hold is a big deal, especially for those of you who aren’t good shots. It deals a world of hurt, it’s true, but you’ll need to hit your target; so the more chances you can take at gunning down your target, the better. The grip shouldn’t be overlooked either. Most shotguns come with a standard rifle-like grip, but some have a grip similar to pistols.


Remington 870 Express Tactical

This is not state of the art when it comes to shotguns, but it’s still one of the most used shotguns out there. It’s made a name for itself, and its capabilities are undisputable. This is a 12 gauge destroyer that has a capacity of 6 + 1. Its reloading system is based on pump action and it measure 18.5″ barrel. For precise aiming (as precise as aiming can be) it comes equipped with a fully adjustable XS Ghost ring and a removable front sight. It uses a SuperCell pad which can reduce recoil by about 40%-50%, depending on the situation. The whole body is covered in a weather resistant Carakote coating, which makes it perfect for those that are used to wandering outside in all sorts of weather conditions. It’s not a cheap shotgun, as it costs around $500, but it doesn’t cut corners in quality and precision.


Beretta AL391 Teknys Gold Target

This is a 12 gauge shotgun that is very well built and it’s fairly easy to shoot. It weighs at about 8lbs 11oz and when it comes to autoloaders, it’s simply one of the best (if not the best) you can find on the market. It has a 30” barrel and it might seem a bit heavy considering its weight, but it doesn’t feel heavy at all while you’re shooting. It has a removable recoil reducer in the buttstock, and if you’re eager of making it lighter, you can simply take the recoil down and drop about 0.5lbs from the overall weight. The self-compensating gas system it’s equipped with runs very smoothly and it reacts very fast, making the shooting process feel incredibly comfortable. It costs $1,200, and in my own personal opinion, you can’t get anything better in this price range.


Winchester SXP

This particular 12 gauge shotgun produced by Winchester has the latest and greatest when it comes to pump technologies, meaning that the SXP pump systems are extremely diverse and reliable. It has aluminum oil receivers, which are lighter and cheaper than steel ones; and despite popular believes they work perfectly. You can get a barrel length of maximum 30” and as far as looks go, there’s a great variety of models to choose from: camo, wood-stocked and synthetic black with chromed elements. It comes equipped with cross-bolt safeties, an Inflex pad that mitigates a great deal of recoil and a rotating bolt head with four locking lugs. This should cost you about $470, and if you ask me, it’d be money well spent.


Mossberg 930 SPX

Moosberg are well known for the quality of their products, and they’ve certainly made no exception to the rule when it comes to the 930 SPX. It’s a 12 gauge shotgun that has an 18.5″ barrel and a capacity of 7 (+ 1). It’s not exactly a cheap shotgun (considering you’ll need to throw away about $700 to get one), which won’t seem that much if you take into account that it’s a semi-automatic we’re talking about.  The top of the gun is equipped with a rail that allows you to fit any sort of aiming system you find compatible; you can install a red dot, a scope or even a holographic site. Loading the magazine is very simple and It can be done very quickly: open the bolt lock, place a shell in the ejection port and push the bolt release.

There’s nothing more to be said about shotguns. We all know them, and we all love them. All you have to do now is find the one that works best for you. Usually prices vary from a couple of hundred $ to many thousands. It’s up to you on how much you’re willing to spend. But just know that if there’s ever the need for it, a shotgun will save the day.


By Alec Deacon



The post 4 Best Shotguns For Home And Self-Defense appeared first on My Family Survival Plan.

Vigilance in being prepared!

Click here to view the original post.

Vigilance in being prepared
James Walton “I Am Liberty

A couple of minutes of sound problems in beginning of this show but well worth the trouble for information provided.

Vigilance in being prepared islamamericaAre we surrounded by the enemy? Are we in the final hour? Are we fighting with all our might? No. We are waking up and going to work each day. We are spending time with our kids. We are up late at night writing show descriptions and worrying about what life will be in the years to come. This world around us is changing. It is important that we change. We have to look to Israel and how they live. People survive in Israel because they understand that the wolves have infiltrated the herd.

I want to talk about vigilance and preparing for an America where desperation is morphing our own people. I truly believe that the equation for mass shooting is pretty clear. There seems to be a recurring theme and it’s not SARIs or guns. The equation looks some something like this.

Desperation + Repression + Religion = fanaticism.

12-4-2015 vintage-pit-bull-2By religion I mean any idea or ideology that has taken people out of their thinking mind and turned them into soldiers for that cause whether that cause is Christianity, Islam or Animal Rights.

How do we ready ourselves for a world where death does follow in your very shadow. His sickle rattles incessantly in your ears. Tonight we talk about being prepared and being vigilant in this country that is teetering on the verge of something terrible.
Visit I Am Liberty Website HERE!

Join us for I Am Liberty “LIVE SHOW” every Friday 9:00/Et 8:00Ct 6:00/Pt Go To Listen and Chat

Listen to this broadcast or download “Vigilance in being prepared” in player below!

Get the 24/7 app for your smart phone HERE!
Put the 24/7 player on your web site HERE!
Listen to archived shows of all our hosts . Go to schedules tabs at top left of page!

The post Vigilance in being prepared! appeared first on The Prepper Broadcasting Network.

3 Of The Most Common And Dangerous Foodborne Diseases

Click here to view the original post.

Food! We all do it, we all eat. Not only because we have to in order to survive, but also because we like it. Most cultures are unique when it comes to culinary treats, with at least a couple of dishes to set them easily aside from the rest of the world. Cooking may come in different shapes and sizes, but the raw material is (more or less) the same everywhere. We need organic material as fuel. But the organic material we ingurgitate may sometimes be infected by pathogens that will cause us harm. The food of beverages that contain certain bacteria, viruses, parasites or even chemicals will cause great distress and irritation to the gastrointestinal tract. Most of the gastrointestinal afflictions are acute; they manifest themselves rapidly, with fever diarrhea and vomiting and won’t last more than a few days, even without medical treatment. Others, on the other hand, will manifest themselves way more severely, and will cause a rapid death if left untreated.



This tiny bacterium (Salmonella enterica) is one of the most common and wildly spread foodborne pathogens on the face of the Earth. It lives in the intestinal tracts of animals and it’s transmitted to humans through food that hasn’t been properly washed and that previously came in contact with animal waste. What makes it dangerous and so wildly spread is the fact that it’s practically impossible to detect. Diseased animals manifest no exact symptoms; nor will the food products that get tainted. It’s not resistant to high temperatures, so cooking the food properly will destroy the proteins that make up the bacteria. If not, hell will soon follow. Within 12 to 72 hours from infection, the pathogen will make itself “visible” through acute abdominal pain and cramp, fever and diarrhea. The diarrhea is severe in this case, so drinking plenty of fluids is a must, in order to avoid dehydration. In a strong and healthy individual, the disease shouldn’t last more than 5 – 7 days. Medication is necessary only if the infection has already spread to the intestines; also if the infected person has a compromised immune system or is an elderly citizen, that will have problems fighting the disease on his own. It can sometimes lead to a complication known as Reiter’s syndrome or reactive arthritis, which causes painful joints, painful urination, eye soreness and chronic arthritis. The best way to avoid salmonella infection is it to cook your food carefully, especially meat and eggs.

Salmonella enterica



Also known as trichinellosis, is a disease that’s easily contracted by humans that consume meat infected with the larvae of the trichinella worm (Trichinella spiralis), be it from domesticated pigs or other wild animals. The larvae are incased in a cyst in animal meat. After ingestion, it gets in a human host, where the digestive acids found in our stomachs dissolve the cyst and release the worm. They mature in a couple of days in the small intestine. They will mate, lay eggs and from these eggs small worm will result that will make their way to muscle tissue (through the arteries), where they’ll incase themselves in cystic form again. In an attempt to fight the invasive creatures, you’ll body will suffer nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, acute stomachaches in the first 2 – 3 days after eating the tainted meat. After the worms have matured and start reproducing (2 – 8 weeks), you’ll also experience fever, chills, coughing, eye-sealing, headaches, itchy skin, joint pain and irregularities of the digestive system (constipation or diarrhea). It’s a disease that should not be left untreated. The best way to avoid getting trichinosis is to cook meat at about 160°F, temperature that will destroy the cysts. You can also freeze you pork for 20 days in order to kill the worms, however this might not work when it comes to game animals.

Trichinella spiralis cysts in muscle mass



The Escherichia coli is a large group of bacteria, out of which most are harmless. The one that’s able to cause havoc is called the O157:H7, and is part of the STEC group (the E. coli that produce the Shiga toxin). They’re mostly found in the intestines and stomachs of ruminant animals (cattle) but also in sheep, goats, elk, deer etc. When the animal is eviscerated, the intestines might get cut and spill out on the meat, immediately infecting it. The most common method of spreading the bacteria is through ground meat, but it was also found in milk and other dairy products. Vegetables or fruits that come in contact with infected animal waste will also get tainted. Although it doesn’t manifest itself in any way in the animal hosts, in humans it can cause fever, nausea, vomiting, cramps and even bloody diarrhea. The infection spreads rapidly, so that about a third of the people infected will get hospitalized; about 10% of those that get hospitalized will die. It’s most dangerous when it comes to children ages 5 – 10. They risk of developing hemolytic-uremic syndrome as a result of the E. coli infection, which can lead to kidney failure. You can avoid E. coli infection by regularly washing your hands, washing vegetables and cooking your meat at a temperature of at least 160°F.

The O157:H7 E. coli



To avoid getting dangerous foodborne diseases, hygiene is a must. Always wash your hands, your food and avoid eating from unreliable sources. If you manifest any of the symptoms that I’ve listed above, check with your doctor immediately and don’t leave anything to chance. Most of the incipient symptoms are common in most type of food related infections, so it’s hard to tell on your own whether you’ve contracted something that’s life-threatening or not.


By Alec Deacon



The post 3 Of The Most Common And Dangerous Foodborne Diseases appeared first on My Family Survival Plan.

The Untold Truths About Vaccines And Why Pharmaceutical Companies Can’t Be Trusted

Click here to view the original post.

Vaccination has become a real issue lately, not only in the US, but worldwide. The controversy is far from being over, as people seem to be separated into two sides when it comes to vaccination: those who approve of vaccines and those who oppose them. As a parent, choosing a side is a great responsibility, because in this clash, only one side can be ultimately right. And the overall wellbeing of your children will depend on your choice.  The first advocates for vaccination you’ll come across will be your local pediatrician, but don’t let yourself persuaded that easily. He’ll have nothing else in mind than your kid’s health, no doubt about that, but keep in mind that he’s the result of a medical system that has proven to be flawed before. And more so, the vaccination standards and regulations are all directed by the AMA (the American Medical Association). The obvious question is whose best interest does the AMA hold: that of our children, or that of the pharmaceutical corporations (whose only purpose is financial profit)?


Shocking facts about vaccination that you should know

Throughout modern history, there have been several issues with many vaccines on the market. Those who claim otherwise are simply ignorant or ill-intentioned. RotaShield (the Rotavirus vaccine) falls into this category. It was removed from the market in late 1999, when it was demonstrated that there are links between bowel malfunction (obstruction, chaotic bowel twisting) and the vaccine itself. It was a great deal at the time, and the case is real as you clearly see for yourself here. The vaccine that followed (RotaTeq) was supposedly the new and improved version of the RotaShield vaccine. Although it doesn’t appear to be as destructive as its predecessor, it too seems to be causing bowel afflictions; you might find it hard to believe, but RotaTeq is still available on the market. Another famous and controversial case of vaccine malfunction has been recorded in February 2002, when GlaxoSmithKline (a preventive vaccine for Lyme Disease) has been withdrawn from the market. The manufacturer claimed poor sales, but the truth of the matter was that compelling evidence pointed out that the vaccine itself was responsible for worse cases of arthritis than the disease itself. You can read all about the untold truths about vaccines in this full report here.

In 2011, the I.O.M. (the Institute of Medicine), has submitted a report for further proof that certain vaccines can cause undeniable side effects. They’re studies have shown that the Chickenpox Vaccine can afflict children with immunodeficiency (but not only) with hepatitis, meningitis, encephalitis or pneumonia. The Measles-Mumps-Rubella (MMR) Vaccine favors encephalitis, febrile seizures and Arthralgia (Short-term joint pain) in women and children. The HPV vaccine seems to be the cause of anaphylaxis in yeast-sensitive females and as overall side-effects, all vaccines can cause syncopes (fainting) or arm inflammation.

Dangerous chemicals and compounds found in vaccines

When it comes to purchasing processed food or sodas or whatever else intended for human consumption, the first thing you should do is to not focus the price of the product, but on the ingredients section. A vaccine is no different. You should be very aware before administering such a drug to your child. Most vaccines (if not all) that are on the market contain many substances and chemicals that can be extremely harmful to a human being. These potentially harmful components and their terrible side-effects are not given the proper attention and respect, mainly because of the marketing policies that the pharmaceutical moguls impose. Here’s a list of some commonly found chemicals in vaccines:

  • Formaldehyde is a carcinogenic fluid (used primarily in embalming corpses) that can cause respiratory distress, liver damage, reproductive deformation, gastrointestinal problems and various forms of cancer. Another flaw of this chemical is that it can neutralize the virus in the vaccine, which will make the vaccine completely useless
  • Thimerosal is basically mercury. Every vaccine contains about 25 mcg of Thimerosal, and according to the EPA the safe limit for humans is about 5 mcg. It’s very neurotoxic and it’s been linked to autism
  • Aluminum phosphate it’s dangerous because it reacts to mercury and it increases its toxicity. Considering that every vaccine already contains about 25 mcg of mercury, the recommended dosage is exceeded from the go
  • Sodium chloride inhibits growth, prevents normal muscle contraction and affects the circulatory system
  • Monosodium glutamate (MSG) when injected, it becomes chemical unstable and turns into a neurotoxin; it’s been linked to brain damage in children and CNS (central nervous system) disorders
  • Phenoxyethanol can disrupt the central nervous system and can gravely affect the liver or kidneys
  • Glycerin is known for causing gastrointestinal damage, lung damage, liver and kidney shutdown
  • Bovine cow serum causes chest pain, low blood pressure, lupus, arthritis and can damage connective tissue

These are only some of the most damaging chemicals used in vaccine. The list is much longer, be sure of that.

So before considering vaccination (for yourself or your family), do some research first. Listen to both sides and make up your mind whether the shot is worth it or not. At the end of the day, the damage cause by the “cure” can be far greater than that of the affliction you’re trying to prevent. Stay safe, stay informed and don’t be fooled by advertisements.


By Alec Deacon




The post The Untold Truths About Vaccines And Why Pharmaceutical Companies Can’t Be Trusted appeared first on My Family Survival Plan.

The New World Order agenda: Combine and Conquer

Click here to view the original post.

The New World Order is settling in, little by little, trying to conquer and take over civilisation as we know it. When they finally will hold absolute power, they’ll do the worst evil imaginable: try and pervert our morality and spirituality, divert our belief in God and our love of good towards serving a darker master, one whose final agenda is the fall and complete destruction of mankind. One of the most respected war tactics is divide and conquer: weaken the bonds between your enemies so that they will be easier to conquer (united they stand, but divided they’ll fall). However, the war for taking over the world is not a conventional war; it’s a fight that’s happening in “the shadows” away from public eyes, based on lies, deceit and mind-bending tactics that should ultimately result in the instalment on the NWO. So this is exactly why the strategy of divide and conquer will not apply here, but rather the opposite: total uniformity, final unification (aka. Globalisation) in order to place all the soon-to-be subjects under a single, incontestable master, bent on tyrannical rule and enslavement. This process has already begun as the EU is already in place, as is African Union. The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) have already accomplished their North American Union (NAU, represented by Canada, US and Mexico), which is the first step towards assimilating the US to an ultimate Global Government that will answer to an ultimate and undisputed World Leader. All of these unfolding events have already been foretold by the Bible in the book of Revelation:

“Then I stood on the sand of the sea. And I saw a beast rising up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and on his horns ten crowns, and on his heads a blasphemous name. 2 Now the beast which I saw was like a leopard, his feet were like the feet of a bear, and his mouth like the mouth of a lion. The dragon gave him his power, his throne, and great authority.” Revelation 13:1-2


The Beast’s head: the Rothschilds

The NWO movement is set up and controlled from the shadows by the wealthy Rothschild dynasty. They are promoting the NWO under Zionism, but they are not alone in this endeavor. There are other small families involved, less powerful but still very influential. The “clan” consists of about 300 major families, out of who on 13 make up the high council. The rich are not only seeking wealth, but world domination and the worship of the Beast. Most of these families are behind organizations like the Bilderbergers or the Council on Foreign Relations, but not only that, as they also pull the strings of the Mansory or the Mafia. They’re ties with the occult are evident and they’re lust for world domination and destruction is even more so. For many decades, most members of this family used as their official seal (that followed their official signature in official documents) the Seal of Solomon, which back then was a symbol of magicians and mystics that that were practitioners of the black arts.


The Beast’s 10 horns: the upcoming global regional divisions

In 1996, NAFTA had devised an outstanding economic strategy that was to raise global economy a great deal. The organization divided the World from a so-called “financial” point of view into 10 regions: 1. North America, 2. Western Europe, 3. Japan, 4. Australia + South Africa, 5. Eastern Europe + Russia, 6. Latin America, 7. North Africa + the Middle East, 8. Tropical Africa, 9. South and Southeast Asia and 10. China.

Little did many of us suspect at that time that what was really going on had very little to do with bettering the overall global economy, but was actually an attempt at remapping the world for a political and structural point of view. These 10 regions are what we find in Revelations as the 10 horns. They were meant to destabilize and prepare the planet for the take-over and the coming of the new ruler, the bringer of a new (and Dark Age), the fulfiller of the NWO agenda. This false messiah has also been prophesized and I’m sure you all figured it out by now that he’s what the Bible refers to as the Antichrist.

The signs couldn’t be clearer and humanity has been on a set path for self-destruction for years now. The peaceful reasons behind Globalization and other similar projects are nothing but lies. The goal reason is to enslave the human mind little by little, and ultimately the human spirit. If we’ll constantly be subjected to false doctrine and propaganda, if we fall victims to their mind-controlling implants and we (the many) give in to the will of the few, there will be no opposition to the rule of the NWO or to the fulfillment of their dark plan. But nothing’s lost yet; open your eyes, read the signs and do not give in to the tapestry of lies and deceit.


By Alec Deacon

The post The New World Order agenda: Combine and Conquer appeared first on My Family Survival Plan.

…and we’re back…News from Rich and SurvivalRing…

Click here to view the original post.

Hi folks, It’s been a while since my last post, although I’ve been in the backroom of SurvivalRing every day for months, keeping things tuned, tight, backed up, and secure. I’ve thought about posting a lot of things, and often I was poised and ready to add my thoughts to the blog, and at the […]